This is the Statement of Additional Information (SAI) for the funds listed below (hereinafter “Price Funds” or “funds”), each of which is a series of T. Rowe Price Exchange-Traded Funds, Inc. (Corporation). Each fund is an exchange-traded fund (ETF) sponsored and managed by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (“T. Rowe Price” or “Price Associates”).

The date of this Statement of Additional Information is September 6, 2024. The date of the prospectus for each fund is shown below, as such prospectuses may be revised from time to time.

Mailing Address:

T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc.
100 East Pratt Street
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
1-800-638-5660

This SAI is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the appropriate current fund prospectus, which may be obtained from T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc. (Investment Services), the Corporation’s principal underwriter (Distributor). If you would like a prospectus annual or semiannual shareholder report for a fund, or other fund documents or information please visit troweprice.com or call 1-800-638-5660 and it will be sent to you at no charge. Please read this material carefully.

The prospectus for each fund is dated as shown above, as such prospectus may be revised from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the prospectuses, unless otherwise noted.

The financial statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of the funds included in each fund’s Form N-CSR when available, are incorporated into this SAI by reference.

ETFC02-042 9/6/24

PART I – TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Page

References to the following are as indicated:

Fitch Ratings, Inc. (Fitch)

Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code)

Internal Revenue Service (IRS)

Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (1940 Act)

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (Moody’s)

Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act)

Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (1934 Act)

S&P Global Ratings (S&P)

T. Rowe Price Australia Limited (Price Australia)

T. Rowe Price Hong Kong Limited (Price Hong Kong)

T. Rowe Price Japan, Inc. (Price Japan)

T. Rowe Price International Ltd (Price International)

T. Rowe Price Investment Management, Inc. (Price Investment Management)

T. Rowe Price Singapore Private Ltd. (Price Singapore)

PART I

Below is a table showing the prospectus and shareholder report dates for each fund. The table also lists each fund’s fiscal year-end. The prospectus date shown for each fund reflects the date that the prospectus will be annually updated once the fund has been in operation at its fiscal year-end.

T. Rowe Price Exchange-Traded Funds, Inc. was incorporated as a Maryland corporation on July 29, 2019, and is an open-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Corporation is authorized to have multiple series funds or portfolios. This SAI contains information on those funds listed in the table above.

2

Each fund is an ETF that discloses its portfolio holdings daily. Each fund offers, issues, and sells shares at its net asset value (NAV) per share only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (Creation Units), generally 5,000 shares and multiples thereof. Creation Units will generally be purchased and redeemed on a cash or in-kind basis. Accordingly, except where the purchase or redemption will include cash under the circumstances described below under the “Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units” section, purchasers will be required to purchase Creation Units by making an in-kind deposit of specified instruments (Deposit Securities), and shareholders redeeming their shares will receive an in-kind transfer of specified instruments (Redemption Securities).

Only Authorized Participants, which are members or participants of a clearing agency registered with the SEC that have a written agreement with a fund or one of its service providers, may purchase and redeem Creation Units. A fund may charge purchase/redemption transaction fees for each purchase and redemption. In all cases, redemption transaction fees will be limited in accordance with the requirements of the SEC applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities. See the “Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units” section below.

Once created, fund shares generally trade in the secondary market, at market prices that change throughout the day, in amounts less than a Creation Unit. Thus, investors who are not Authorized Participants may purchase and sell shares of the fund on the secondary market. Investors purchasing shares in the secondary market through a brokerage account or with the assistance of a broker may be subject to brokerage commissions and charges.

A discussion of exchange listing and trading matters associated with an investment in each fund is contained in the Shareholder Information section of each fund’s prospectus. The discussion below supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, that section of the applicable prospectus.

Shares of each fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the applicable listing exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of certain funds may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges, although the principal listing exchange is a U.S. exchange. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the listing exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of any fund will continue to be met. The exchange may, but is not required to, remove shares from listing if, for example, an event occurs or condition exists that, in the opinion of the exchange, makes further dealings on the exchange inadvisable. The exchange will remove shares from listing and trading upon termination of the fund.

The Corporation reserves the right to adjust the share prices of the funds in the future to maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the funds or an investor’s equity interest in the funds.

The officers and directors of the Corporation are listed on the following pages. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each officer and director is 100 East Pratt Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

The Corporation is overseen by a Board of Directors (Board) that meets regularly to review a wide variety of matters affecting or potentially affecting the funds, including performance, investment programs, compliance matters, advisory fees and expenses, service providers, and business and regulatory affairs. The Board elects the Corporation’s officers and is responsible for performing various duties imposed on it by the 1940 Act, the laws of Maryland, and other applicable laws. The directors who are also employees or officers of T. Rowe Price are considered to be “interested” directors as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act because of their relationships with T. Rowe Price and its affiliates. Each interested director and officer (except as indicated in the tables setting forth the directors’ and officers’ principal occupations during the past five years) has been an employee of T. Rowe Price or its affiliates for five or more years. The Boards held five regularly scheduled formal meetings during calendar year 2023. The same directors currently serve on the Boards of Directors of all the ETFs and mutual funds sponsored and managed by T. Rowe Price (such mutual funds, the “Price Mutual Funds,” and together with the Price Funds, the “Price Complex”). Although the Board has direct responsibility over various matters (such as approval of advisory contracts and review of fund performance), the Board also exercises certain of its oversight responsibilities through several committees that it has established and which report back to the full Board. The Board

3

believes that a committee structure is an effective means to permit directors to focus on particular operations or issues affecting the funds, including risk oversight. Each Board currently has three standing committees that are joint with the boards of the Price Mutual Funds (hereinafter referred to as “Joint” committees): a Joint Nominating and Governance Committee, a Joint Audit Committee, and a Joint Executive Committee.

Robert J. Gerrard, Jr., an independent director, serves as the chair of the Board. The chair presides at all meetings of the Board and all executive sessions of the independent directors. He also reviews and provides guidance on Board meeting agendas and materials, and typically represents the independent directors in discussions with T. Rowe Price management. The Board has determined that its leadership and committee structure is appropriate because the Board believes that it sets the proper tone for the relationship between the funds, on the one hand, and T. Rowe Price or its affiliates and the funds’ other principal service providers, on the other, and facilitates the exercise of the Board’s independent judgment in evaluating and managing the relationships. In addition, the structure efficiently allocates responsibility among committees and the full Board. The same independent directors currently serve on the Boards of Directors of the Price Mutual Funds. This approach is designed to provide effective governance by exposing the independent directors to a wider range of business issues and market trends, allowing the directors to better share their knowledge, background, and experience and permitting the Board to operate more efficiently, particularly with respect to matters common to the Price Complex.

The Joint Nominating and Governance Committee consists of all of the independent directors of the Corporation, and is responsible for, among other things, seeking, reviewing, and selecting candidates to fill independent director vacancies on the Board; periodically evaluating the compensation payable to the independent directors; and performing certain functions with respect to the governance of the funds. The chair of the Board serves as chair of the committee. The committee will consider written recommendations from shareholders for possible nominees for independent directors. Nominees will be considered based on their ability to review critically, evaluate, question, and discuss information provided to them; to interact effectively with the funds’ management and counsel and the various service providers to the funds; and to exercise reasonable business judgment in the performance of their duties as directors. The Joint Nominating and Governance Committee seeks to ensure that the Board is comprised of independent directors who bring diverse perspectives to the Board, including diverse experiences, backgrounds, race, ethnicity, gender, qualifications, skills, thoughts, viewpoints, and other qualities. Nominees will also be considered based on their independence from T. Rowe Price and other principal service providers. Other than executive sessions in connection with Board meetings, the Joint Nominating and Governance Committee formally met one time in 2023.

The Joint Audit Committee consists of only independent directors. The current members of the committee are Melody Bianchetto, Robert J. Gerrard, Jr., Paul F. McBride, and Kellye L. Walker. Mr. McBride serves as chair of the committee and is considered an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of applicable SEC rules. The Joint Audit Committee oversees the pricing processes for the Price Funds and holds at least three regular meetings during each fiscal year. Each of the three regular meetings include the attendance of the independent registered public accounting firm of the Price Funds as the Joint Audit Committee reviews: (1) the services provided; (2) the findings of the most recent audits; (3) management’s response to the findings of the most recent audits; (4) the scope of the audits to be performed; (5) the accountants’ fees; (6) the qualifications, independence, and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm; and (7) any accounting questions relating to particular areas of the T. Rowe Price Funds’ operations, accounting service provider performance, or the operations of parties dealing with the T. Rowe Price Funds, as circumstances indicate. The Joint Audit Committee also reviews the risk management program of the funds’ investment adviser and valuation-related materials and reports provide by the funds’ valuation designee. The Joint Audit Committee met four times in 2023.

The Joint Executive Committee, which consists of the Corporation’s interested directors, has been authorized by the Board to exercise all powers of the Board in the intervals between regular meetings of the Board, except for those powers prohibited by statute from being delegated. All actions of the Joint Executive Committee must be approved in advance by the independent chair of the Board (and if the independent chair is unavailable, consult an independent director of the Board) and reviewed after the fact by the full Board. The Joint Executive Committee does not hold regularly scheduled meetings. The Joint Executive Committee was not called upon to take action on behalf of the funds during 2023.

From time to time, the independent directors may create a special committee (Special Committee) or an ad hoc working group comprised of independent directors, whose purpose is to review certain limited topics that require in-depth consideration outside of the Board’s regular review.

Prior to July 24, 2023, the directors had an Advisory Board which consisted of Melody Bianchetto and Mark J. Parrell. Advisory Board members served in a consultative capacity to the Board. As such, Ms. Bianchetto and Mr. Parrell participated

4

in Board discussions and reviewed Board materials relating to the T. Rowe Price Funds. Advisory Board members were not eligible to vote on any matter presented to the Boards and had no power to act on behalf of or bind the directors or any committee of the Board. Ms. Bianchetto and Mr. Parrell were elected to serve as independent directors of all Price Funds at a joint shareholder meeting held on July 24, 2023. The Advisory Board was terminated upon their election.

Like other investment companies, the Price Funds are subject to various risks, including, among others, investment, compliance, operational, and valuation risks. The Board oversees risk as part of its oversight of the funds. Risk oversight is addressed as part of various Board and committee activities. The Board, directly or through its committees, interacts with and reviews reports from, among others, the investment adviser or its affiliates, the funds’ chief compliance officer, the funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, and internal auditors for T. Rowe Price or its affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks the funds face and the risk management programs of the investment adviser and certain other service providers. Also, the Joint Audit Committee receives periodic reports from the chief risk officer and members of the adviser’s Risk and Operational Steering Committee on the significant risks inherent to the adviser’s business, including aggregate investment risks, reputational risk, business continuity risk, technology and cybersecurity risk, and operational risk. The actual day-to-day risk management functions with respect to the funds are subsumed within the responsibilities of the investment adviser, its affiliates that serve as investment subadvisers to the funds, and other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) that carry out the funds’ investment management and business affairs. Although the risk management policies of T. Rowe Price and its affiliates, and the funds’ other service providers, are reasonably designed to be effective, those policies and their implementation vary among service providers over time, and there is no guarantee that they will always be effective.

Each director’s experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills, on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other directors, have led to the conclusion that each director should serve on the Board of the Price Funds. Attributes common to all directors include the ability to review critically, evaluate, question, and discuss information provided to them; to interact effectively with the funds’ management and counsel and the various service providers to the funds; and to exercise reasonable business judgment in the performance of their duties as directors. In addition, the actual service and commitment of the directors during their tenure on the funds’ Board as well as their service to the Price Complex is taken into consideration in concluding that each should continue to serve. A director’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through his or her educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service, or academic positions; experience from service as a director of the Price Complex, public companies, nonprofit entities, or other organizations; or other experiences. Each director brings a diverse perspective to the Board.

Set forth below is a brief discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills of each current director that led to the conclusion that he or she should serve as a director.

Teresa Bryce Bazemore has over 25 years of experience as a senior executive in the mortgage banking field, including building both mortgage insurance and services businesses. Ms. Bazemore currently serves as president and chief executive officer of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (March 2021 to present) in which capacity she also serves as a director of the FHLBanks Office of Finance; a director of First Industrial Realty Trust, an owner and operator of industrial properties (May 2020 to present); a director of Public Media Company (2008 to present); and a trustee of the Southern California chapter of the International Women’s Forum (January 2021 to present). She previously served as chief executive officer of Bazemore Consulting LLC (2018 to 2021); a director of Chimera Investment Corporation, a publicly traded mortgage REIT (November 2017 to February 2021); a director of the University of Virginia Foundation (July 2014 to June 2022); a member of the University of Virginia’s Center for Politics Advisory Board (October 2019 to July 2022); a president of Radian Guaranty, a national private mortgage insurer (2008 to 2017); and a director of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (August 2017 to February 2019). She has been an independent director of the Price Mutual Funds since January 2018 and an independent director of the Price Funds since July 2019, and was the chair of the Joint Audit Committee from August 2019 to October 2023. Ms. Bazemore has a J.D. from Columbia University and a B.A. from the University of Virginia.

Melody Bianchetto is an accomplished finance professional with over 30 years of experience. She served as vice president for finance at the University of Virginia (UVA) from 2015 until her retirement in February 2023, with oversight of key financial activities, including tax, accounting, financial reporting, debt and cash management, procurement, payroll, financial planning, and enterprise risk management. Prior to that, she led UVA’s financial planning and analysis function from 1998 to 2015. Ms. Bianchetto earned a B.S. in commerce with a concentration in accounting from UVA and an M.B.A. from James Madison University. She is also a licensed Certified Public Accountant. Ms. Bianchetto served as a member of the Board’s Advisory

5

Committee from February 24, 2023 until July 24, 2023, at which point she was elected as an independent director of all Price Funds. Ms. Bianchetto has served as a member of the Joint Audit Committee since October 1, 2023.

Bruce W. Duncan has substantial experience in the field of commercial real estate. Mr. Duncan served as president, chief executive officer, and a director of CyrusOne, Inc., a real estate investment trust specializing in engineering, building, and managing data centers, from July 2020 to July 2021. He served as chair of the board of First Industrial Realty Trust from January 2016 until July 2020, president from January 2009 until September 2016, and chief executive officer from January 2009 until December 2016. Mr. Duncan served as a senior advisor to KKR from November 2018 to December 2022. In May 2016, Mr. Duncan became a member of the board of Boston Properties, and he is currently a member of the nominating and governance committee and is a member of the audit committee. In September 2023, Mr. Duncan became Chair of the compensation committee of Boston Properties. From September 2016 until July 2020, Mr. Duncan served as a member of the board of Marriott International, Inc. He has been an independent director of the Price Mutual Funds since October 2013; in September 2014, he became a member of the Joint Audit Committee until August 2019 and served as chair of the Joint Audit Committee from July 2017 to August 2019. Mr. Duncan holds an M.B.A. in finance from the University of Chicago and a B.A. in economics from Kenyon College. He has been an independent director of the Price Funds since October 2013.

Robert J. Gerrard, Jr. has served as chair of the Boards of all Price Mutual Funds since July 2018. He has been an independent director of certain Price Mutual Funds since 2012 (and remaining Price Mutual Funds since October 2013), and served as the chair of the Joint Audit Committee from September 2014 to July 2017. He became chair of the Price Funds in July 2019 and became a member of the Joint Audit Committee in August 2019. He has substantial legal and business experience in the industries relating to communications and interactive data services. He has served on the board and compensation committee for Syniverse Holdings and served as general counsel to Scripps Networks. Mr. Gerrard earned a J.D. from Harvard Law School and an A.B. from Harvard College.

Paul F. McBride has served in various management and senior leadership roles with the Black & Decker Corporation and General Electric Company. He led businesses in the materials, industrial, and consumer durable segments, and has significant global experience. He serves on the advisory board of Vizzia Technologies as well as Gilman School and Bridges Baltimore. He has been an independent director of the Price Mutual Funds since October 2013; served as a member of the Joint Audit Committee from September 2014 to August 2019; became a member of the Joint Audit Committee in February 2022 and Chair of the Joint Audit Committee in October 2023. Mr. McBride received a B.A. in economics from Trinity College in Hartford, CT. He has been an independent director of the Price Funds since July 2019.

Mark J. Parrell has been chief executive officer and a member of the Board of Trustees of Equity Residential (EQR) since January 2019 and president of EQR since September 2018. Mr. Parrell served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of EQR from October 2007 to September 2018. Mr. Parrell was senior vice president and treasurer of EQR from August 2005 to October 2007, and has held various positions within the EQR finance group since September 1999. He served as director of Brookdale Senior Living Inc., a leading operator of senior living communities throughout the United States, from April 2015 to July 2017, and served as a director of Aviv REIT, Inc., a real estate investment trust, from March 2013 until April 2015, when it merged with Omega Healthcare. Mr. Parrell has served on the Board of Directors of the Real Estate Roundtable since July 2021, and the Executive Board of the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts (Nareit) since November 2021. Mr. Parrell also currently serves as the Treasurer of Nareit, is a member of the Nareit Dividends Through Diversity, Equity & Inclusion CEO Council, and was chair of the Nareit 2021 Audit and Investment Committee. He is a member of the Advisory Board for the Ross Business School at University of Michigan, and is a member of the National Multifamily Housing Council and served as the chair of the Finance Committee in 2015 to 2016. Mr. Parrell also has served on the Board of Directors and has been chair of the Finance Committee of the Greater Chicago Food Depository since July 2017, and is a member of the Economic Club of Chicago. Mr. Parrell received a B.B.A. from the University of Michigan and a J.D. from the Georgetown University Law Center. Mr. Parrell served as a member of the Board’s Advisory Committee from January 1, 2023 until July 24, 2023, at which point he was elected as an independent director of all Price Funds.

David Oestreicher has served as an interested director of all Price Mutual Funds since July 2018. He is the general counsel for T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. and a member of the firm’s management committee. Mr. Oestreicher serves as a member of the Board of Governors for the Investment Company Institute (ICI), and previously served as the chair of the ICI’s international committee. He is on the Mutual Insurance Company Board of Governors, where he serves as a member of its executive committee and chair of its risk management committee. He also served on the board of the Investment Adviser

6

Association and previously served as the chair of its legal and regulatory committee. Before joining T. Rowe Price in 1997, Mr. Oestreicher was special counsel in the Division of Market Regulation (now known as the Division of Trading and Markets) with the SEC. Mr. Oestreicher earned a B.S. in business administration from Bucknell University and a J.D. from Villanova University School of Law.

Eric L. Veiel has served as an interested director of all Price Funds since February 2022. He is the head of Global Equity and chief investment officer, chair of the Investment Management Steering Committee, and a member of the Management, Equity Steering, International Steering, Multi-Asset Steering, Product Steering, and Management Compensation and Development Committees. Mr. Veiel’s investment experience began in 1999. Prior to joining T. Rowe Price, he spent six years as a sell-side equity analyst, covering health insurers and pharmacy benefit managers at Wachovia Securities, Deutsche Bank Securities, and A.G. Edwards & Sons. He has been with T. Rowe Price since 2005, beginning in the Equity Division as an investment analyst covering life insurance companies, asset managers, money-centered banks, and investment banks. From 2010 to 2014, he was the portfolio manager of the Financial Services Equity Strategy and the financial services sector team leader. He served as a co-director of Equity Research for North America from 2014 to 2015 and co-portfolio manager of the US Equity Structured Research Strategy from 2015 to 2017. Most recently, from 2016 to 2021, he was co-head of Global Equity and head of U.S. Equity. Mr. Veiel earned a B.B.A., magna cum laude, in finance from James Madison University and an M.B.A., with concentrations in finance and accounting, from Washington University in St. Louis, John M. Olin School of Business, where he was a Charles F. Knight Scholar. He also has earned the Chartered Financial Analyst^® designation.

Kellye L. Walker is senior vice president, chief legal officer and worldwide public affairs at Deere & Company, and is a seasoned senior executive with over 30 years of experience helping publicly traded companies increase value through forward thinking, strategic discipline, and a focus on continuous improvement. Her experience includes leading law departments, as well as other functions including compliance; government affairs; human resources; health, safety, environment and security; and information technology. Ms. Walker received a B.S. from Louisiana Tech University and a J.D. from Emory University School of Law. Ms. Walker has served as an independent director of the Price Funds since November 8, 2021, and became a member of the Joint Audit Committee in April 2023.

In addition, the following tables provide biographical information for the directors, along with their principal occupations and any directorships they have held of public companies and other investment companies during the past five years. Each director who is not an interested person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the fund is referred to herein as an independent director.

Independent Directors^(a)

7

(a) All information about the independent directors was current as of December 31, 2023, unless otherwise indicated, except for the number of portfolios overseen, which is current as of the date of this SAI.

Interested Directors^(a)

The following persons are considered interested directors of the funds because they also serve as employees of T. Rowe Price or its affiliates. No more than two interested directors serve as directors of any fund.

The Boards invite nominations from the funds’ investment adviser for persons to serve as interested directors, and the Board reviews and approves these nominations. Each of the current interested directors is a senior executive officer of T. Rowe Price and T. Rowe Price Group, Inc., as well as certain of their affiliates. David Oestreicher has served as an interested director of all Price Funds since July 2018. Eric L. Veiel has served as an interested director of all Price Funds since February 2022. For each fund, the two interested directors serve as members of the fund’s Executive Committee. In addition, specific experience with respect to the interested directors’ principal occupations and any directorships they have held of public companies and other investment companies during the past five years are set forth in the following table.

8

(a) All information about the interested directors was current as of December 31, 2023, unless otherwise indicated, except for the number of portfolios overseen, which is current as of the date of this SAI.

Term of Office and Length of Time Served

The directors serve until retirement, resignation, or election of a successor. The following table shows the year from which each director has served on the fund’s Board.

The below tables set forth certain information, as of June 30, 2024, concerning each person deemed to be an officer of the Price Funds.

Officers

* Further biographical information for David Oestreicher can be found under the heading “MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS.”

9

Directors’ Compensation

Effective January 1, 2024, each independent director is paid $395,000 annually for his or her service on the Boards. Prior to July 24, 2023, the Board had an Advisory Board that consisted of Ms. Bianchetto and Mr. Parrell. Advisory Board members were paid $375,000 annually for his or her service on the Advisory Board. On July 24, 2023, Ms. Bianchetto and Mr. Parrell were elected as independent directors of the Price Funds. The chair of the Boards, an independent director, receives an additional $180,000 annually for serving in this capacity. An independent director serving on the Joint Audit Committee receives an additional $30,000 annually for his or her service and the chair of the Joint Audit Committee receives an additional $35,000 for his or her service. An independent director serving as a member of a Special Committee of the Independent Directors receives an additional $1,500 per meeting of the Special Committee (currently, no Special Committees have been assigned by the Boards). Directors’ fees were paid by T. Rowe Price under the all-inclusive management fee.

The following table shows the total compensation that was received by the independent directors in the calendar year 2023, unless otherwise indicated. The independent directors of the funds do not receive any pension or retirement benefits from the funds or from T. Rowe Price. In addition, the officers and interested directors of the funds do not receive any compensation or benefits from the funds for their service.

10

Directors’ Holdings in the Price Funds

The following tables set forth the Price Funds holdings of the current independent and interested directors, as of December 31, 2023, unless otherwise indicated.

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

Portfolio Managers’ Holdings in the Price Funds

The following tables set forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Price Fund’s portfolio manager as of each Price Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year-end, unless otherwise indicated. Portfolio managers are encouraged to invest in the Price Funds they manage to align their interests with those of fund shareholders. Exceptions may arise when, for example, tax considerations or the nature of the fund make the investment inappropriate for the portfolio manager.

Holdings in the investment strategy include investments in the applicable Price Fund, as well as all investment portfolios that are managed by the same portfolio manager and have investment objectives, policies, and strategies that are substantially similar to those of the fund. Substantially similar portfolios may include, but are not limited to, mutual funds in the Price Complex, T. Rowe Price common trust funds, and non-U.S. pooled investment vehicles, such as Société d’Investissement à Capital Variable Funds (SICAVs).

11

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

(b) Effective June 30, 2024, Mr. Deshpande became co-portfolio manager of the fund. Therefore, the range of holdings is not yet available.

(c) Effective June 30, 2024, Mr. Lee became co-portfolio manager of the fund. Therefore, the range of holdings is not yet available.

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

Portfolio Manager Compensation

Portfolio manager compensation consists primarily of a base salary, a cash bonus, and an equity incentive that usually comes in the form of restricted stock grants. Compensation is variable and is determined based on the following factors.

Investment performance over 1-, 3-, 5-, and 10-year periods is the most important input. The weightings for these time periods are generally balanced and are applied consistently across similar strategies. T. Rowe Price (and Price Australia, Price Hong Kong, Price Singapore, Price Japan, Price International, and Price Investment Management, as appropriate) evaluates performance in absolute, relative, and risk-adjusted terms. Relative performance and risk-adjusted performance are typically determined with reference to the broad-based index (e.g., S&P 500 Index) and the Lipper average or index (e.g., Large-Cap Growth Index) set forth in the total returns table in the fund’s prospectus, although other benchmarks may be used as well. Investment results are also measured against comparably managed funds of competitive investment management firms. The selection of comparable funds is approved by the applicable investment steering committee (as described under the “Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Information” section) and is the same as the selection presented to the directors of the Price Funds in their regular review of fund performance. Performance is primarily measured on a pre-tax basis, although tax efficiency is considered.

Compensation is viewed with a long-term time horizon. The more consistent a portfolio manager’s performance over time, the higher the compensation opportunity. The increase or decrease in a fund’s assets due to the purchase or sale of fund shares is not considered a material factor. In reviewing relative performance for fixed income funds, a fund’s expense ratio is usually taken into account. Contribution to T. Rowe Price’s overall investment process is an important consideration as well. Leveraging ideas and investment insights across applicable investment platforms; working effectively with and mentoring others; and other contributions to our clients, the firm, or our culture are important components of T. Rowe Price’s long-term success and are generally taken into consideration.

All employees of T. Rowe Price, including portfolio managers, can participate in a 401(k) plan sponsored by T. Rowe Price Group. In addition, all employees are eligible to purchase T. Rowe Price common stock through an employee stock purchase plan that features a limited corporate matching contribution. Eligibility for and participation in these plans is on the same basis

12

for all employees. Finally, all vice presidents of T. Rowe Price Group, including all portfolio managers, are eligible to participate in a supplemental savings plan sponsored by T. Rowe Price Group, and certain vice presidents of T. Rowe Price Group receive supplemental medical/hospital reimbursement benefits.

This compensation structure is used when evaluating the performance of all portfolios (including the Price Funds) managed by the portfolio manager.

Assets Under Management

The following table sets forth the number and total assets of the registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed by the portfolio managers as of the most recent fiscal year-end of the funds they manage, unless otherwise indicated. All of the assets of the funds that have multiple portfolio managers are shown as being allocated to all co-portfolio managers of those funds. There are no accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.

(a) The individual assumed co-portfolio management responsibilities of the QM U.S. Bond ETF on June 30, 2024. The information on other

managed accounts is not yet available.

(b) The individual assumed portfolio management responsibilities on inception of the Intermediate Municipal Income ETF. The information on other managed accounts is not yet available.

Conflicts of Interest

Portfolio managers at T. Rowe Price and its affiliates may manage multiple accounts. These accounts may include, among others, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds, business development companies, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, colleges and universities, and foundations), offshore funds, private funds, and common trust funds. T. Rowe Price also provides non-discretionary advice to institutional investors in the form of delivery of model portfolios. Portfolio managers make investment decisions for each portfolio based on the investment objectives, policies, practices, and other relevant investment considerations that they believe are applicable to that portfolio. Consequently, portfolio managers may purchase (or sell) securities for one portfolio and not another portfolio. T. Rowe Price and its affiliates have adopted brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures that they believe are reasonably designed to address any potential conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts. Investments made by a fund and the results achieved by a fund at any given time are not expected to be the same as those made by other funds for which T. Rowe Price acts as investment adviser, including funds with names, investment objectives and policies, and/or portfolio management teams, similar to a fund. This may be attributable to a wide variety of factors, including, but not limited to, large shareholder purchases or redemptions or specific investment restrictions. Please see the “Portfolio Transactions” section of

13

this SAI for more information about our brokerage and trade allocation policies. Also, as disclosed under the “Portfolio Manager Compensation” section, the portfolio managers’ compensation is determined in the same manner with respect to all portfolios managed by the portfolio manager.

The Price Funds may, from time to time, own shares of Morningstar, Inc. Morningstar is a provider of investment research to individual and institutional investors, and publishes ratings on funds, including the Price Funds. T. Rowe Price acts as subadviser to two mutual funds offered by Morningstar. T. Rowe Price and its affiliates pay Morningstar for a variety of products and services. Morningstar may provide investment consulting and investment management services to clients of T. Rowe Price or its affiliates. The Price Funds may generally not purchase shares of stock issued by T. Rowe Price Group, Inc.

Additional potential conflicts may be inherent in our use of multiple strategies. For example, conflicts will arise in cases where different clients invest in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, including circumstances in which one or more clients may own private securities or obligations of an issuer and other clients may own or seek to acquire securities of the same issuer. For example, a client may acquire a loan, loan participation or a loan assignment of a particular borrower in which one or more other clients have an equity investment or may invest in senior debt obligations of an issuer for one client and junior debt obligations or equity of the same issuer for another client. Similarly, if an issuer in which a client and one or more other clients directly or indirectly hold different classes of securities (or other assets, instruments or obligations issued by such issuer or underlying investments of such issuer) encounters financial problems, is involved in a merger or acquisition or a going private transaction, decisions over the terms of any workout or transaction will raise conflicts of interests. While it is appropriate for different clients to hold investments in different parts of the same issuer’s capital structure under normal circumstances, the interests of stockholders and debt holders may conflict, as the securities they hold will likely have different voting rights, dividend or repayment priorities or other features that could be in conflict with one another. Clients should be aware that conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of their interests.

In some cases, T. Rowe Price or its affiliates may refrain from taking certain actions or making certain investments on behalf of clients in order to avoid or mitigate certain conflicts of interest or to prevent adverse regulatory actions or other implications for T. Rowe Price or its affiliates, or may sell investments for certain clients, in such case potentially disadvantaging the clients on whose behalf the actions are not taken, investments not made, or investments sold. In other cases, T. Rowe Price or its affiliates may take actions in order to mitigate legal risks to T. Rowe Price or its affiliates, even if disadvantageous to a client.

Conflicts such as those described above may also occur between clients on the one hand, and T. Rowe Price or its affiliates, on the other. These conflicts will not always be resolved in the favor of the client. In addition, conflicts may exist between different clients of T. Rowe Price or its affiliates. T. Rowe Price and one or more of its affiliates may operate autonomously from each other and may take actions that are adverse to other clients managed by an affiliate. In some cases, T. Rowe Price or its affiliates will have limited or no ability to mitigate those actions or address those conflicts, which could adversely affect T. Rowe Price or its affiliates’ clients. Additional potential conflicts may be inherent in our use of multiple strategies. Regulatory requirements may prohibit T. Rowe Price or its affiliates from investing in certain companies on behalf of some of their clients, including the Price Funds, while at the same time not prohibiting T. Rowe Price or its affiliates from making those same investments on behalf of other clients that are not subject to such requirements. T. Rowe Price or its affiliates’ ability to negotiate certain rights, remedies, or take other actions on behalf of the Price Funds with respect to an investment also may be limited in situations in which an affiliate of the Price Funds (or certain other interested persons) have a direct or indirect interest in the same issuer. When permitted by applicable law, other clients of T. Rowe Price or its affiliates, on the one hand, and one or more Price Funds, on the other hand, may invest in or extend credit to different classes of securities or different parts of the capital structure of a single issuer. T. Rowe Price or its affiliates may pursue rights, provide advice or engage in other activities, or refrain from pursuing rights, providing advice or engaging in other activities, on behalf of themselves or one or more clients other than the Price Funds with respect to an issuer in which a Price Fund has invested, and such actions (or refraining from action) may have a material adverse effect on such Price Fund. In addition, as a result of regulatory requirements or otherwise, in situations in which T. Rowe Price clients (including the Price Funds) hold positions in multiple parts of the capital structure of an issuer, T. Rowe Price or its affiliates may not pursue certain actions that may otherwise be available. T. Rowe Price and its affiliates address these and other potential conflicts of interest based on the facts and circumstances of particular situations. For example, T. Rowe Price may determine to rely on one or more information barriers between different advisers, business units, or portfolio management teams, or to rely on the actions of similarly situated holders of loans or securities rather than, or in connection with, taking such actions itself on behalf of a client. In these situations, investment personnel are mindful of potentially conflicting interests of our clients with investments in different parts

14

of an issuer’s capital structure and seek to take appropriate measures to ensure that the interests of all clients are fairly represented. As a result of the various conflicts and related issues described in this paragraph, a Price Fund could sustain losses during periods in which T. Rowe Price or its affiliates and other clients of T. Rowe Price or its affiliates achieve profits generally or with respect to particular holdings, or could achieve lower profits or higher losses than would have been the case had the conflicts described above not existed.

As of June 30, 2024, the directors and executive officers of the funds, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of any fund.

As of June 30, 2024, although the funds do not have information concerning their beneficial ownership held in the names of DTC Participants, the names, addresses, and percentage ownership of each DTC Participant that owned of record 5% or more of outstanding shares of the funds are listed below.

15

T. Rowe Price may own shares representing discretionary investments and/or a contribution to a fund at its inception that provided the fund with sufficient capital to invest in accordance with its investment program. Such investments by T. Rowe Price may be able to determine the outcome of most issues that were submitted to shareholders for vote and T. Rowe Price may possess material information about the fund that may not be available to other fund investors. In order to mitigate

16

potential conflicts of interest, T. Rowe Price maintains policies and processes governing the investment and redemption of shares.

A shareholder who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 25% of a fund’s voting securities may be deemed to “control” (as defined in the 1940 Act) the fund. An Authorized Participant may hold of record more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a fund. From time to time, Authorized Participants may be a beneficial and/or legal owner of a fund, may be deemed to have control of the fund, and/or may be able to affect the outcome of matters presented for a vote of the shareholders of the fund. Authorized Participants may execute an irrevocable proxy granting the Distributor or a delegate (Agent) power to vote or abstain from voting such Authorized Participant’s beneficially or legally owned shares of a fund. In such cases, the Agent shall mirror vote (or abstain from voting) such shares in the same proportion as all other beneficial owners of a fund.

T. Rowe Price is the investment adviser for all of the Price Funds and has executed an Investment Management Agreement with each fund.

For certain Price Funds, T. Rowe Price has entered into an investment sub-advisory agreement with Price Investment Management, Price International, Price Australia, Price Hong Kong, Price Japan, and/or Price Singapore. T. Rowe Price, Price Investment Management, Price International, Price Australia, Price Hong Kong, Price Japan, and Price Singapore are hereinafter referred to collectively as “Price Advisers.” T. Rowe Price is a wholly owned subsidiary of T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. Price Investment Management and Price International are wholly owned subsidiaries of T. Rowe Price. Price Australia, Price Hong Kong, Price Japan, and Price Singapore are wholly owned subsidiaries of Price International.

Investment Management Services

Under the Investment Management Agreements for each fund, T. Rowe Price is responsible for supervising and overseeing investments of the funds in accordance with the funds’ investment objectives, programs, and restrictions as provided in the funds’ prospectuses and this SAI. In addition, T. Rowe Price provides the funds with certain corporate administrative services, including maintaining the funds’ corporate existence and corporate records; registering and qualifying fund shares under federal laws; monitoring the financial, accounting, and administrative functions of the funds; maintaining liaison with the agents employed by the funds such as the funds’ custodians, fund accounting vendor, and transfer agent; assisting the funds in the coordination of such agents’ activities; and permitting employees of the Price Advisers to serve as officers, directors, and committee members of the funds without cost to the funds. For those Price Funds for which T. Rowe Price has not entered into a subadvisory agreement, T. Rowe Price is responsible for making discretionary investment decisions on behalf of the funds and is generally responsible for effecting security transactions, including the negotiation of commissions and the allocation of principal business and portfolio brokerage.

T. Rowe Price has entered into a subadvisory agreement with one or more Price Adviser(s) on behalf of each fund as indicated in the table below under which, subject to the supervision of T. Rowe Price, the Price Adviser is authorized to trade securities or delegate the trading of securities and make discretionary investment decisions with respect to all or a portion of each fund’s portfolio. Under the subadvisory agreement, each Price Adviser is responsible for effecting all or a portion of the securities transactions on behalf of the funds, including the negotiation of commissions and the allocation of principal business and portfolio brokerage.

The Price Advisers have controls to generally prevent the sharing of information between Price Investment Management and the other Price Advisers related to portfolio management, such as investment decisions, investment research, trading and

17

proxy voting decisions. Thus, Price Investment Management generally makes independent portfolio management decisions from and does not coordinate trading activities with the other Price Advisers.

The Investment Management Agreements also provide that T. Rowe Price, and its directors, officers, employees, and certain other persons performing specific functions for the funds, will be liable to the funds only for losses resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of duty. The subadvisory agreements have a similar provision limiting the liability of the investment subadviser for errors, mistakes, and losses other than those caused by its willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence.

Under the Investment Management Agreements (and subadvisory agreements, if applicable), the Price Advisers are permitted to utilize the services or facilities of others to provide them or the funds with statistical and other factual information; advice regarding economic factors and trends; advice as to occasional transactions in specific securities; and such other information, advice, or assistance as the Price Advisers may deem necessary, appropriate, or convenient for the discharge of their obligations under the Investment Management Agreements (and subadvisory agreements, if applicable) or otherwise helpful to the funds.

Control of Investment Adviser

T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. (Group), is a publicly owned company and owns 100% of the stock of T. Rowe Price, which in turn owns 100% each of Price Investment Management and Price International. Price International in turn owns 100% each of Price Australia, Price Hong Kong, Price Japan, and Price Singapore. Group was formed in 2000 as a holding company for the T. Rowe Price-affiliated companies.

Management Fees

The funds pay T. Rowe Price a single annual investment management fee in monthly installments of the amount listed below based on the average daily net assets of the fund.

The Investment Management Agreement between each fund and T. Rowe Price provides that T. Rowe Price will pay all expenses of the fund’s operations except for (i) interest and borrowing expenses; (ii) taxes; (iii) all brokerage fees and commissions (including dealer markups and spreads), transfer taxes and other charges incident to the purchase sale, or lending of the fund’s portfolio holdings; (iv) expenses incident to meetings of fund shareholders and the associated preparation, filing, and mailing of associated notices and proxy statements; and (v) any nonrecurring and extraordinary expenses, including the costs of actions, suits, or proceedings to which the fund is a party and the expenses the fund may incur as a result of its legal obligation to provide indemnification to its officers, directors, shareholders, distributors, and agents.

The fee is paid monthly to T. Rowe Price on the first business day of the next succeeding calendar month and is the sum of the daily fee accruals for each month. The daily fee accrual for any particular day is calculated by multiplying the fraction of one over the number of calendar days in the year by the appropriate fee. The product of this calculation is multiplied by the

18

net assets of the relevant fund for that day, as determined in accordance with the fund’s prospectus as of the close of business on the previous business day on which the fund was open for business.

Investment Subadvisory Agreements

Pursuant to each of the subadvisory agreement(s) that T. Rowe Price has entered into on behalf of a Price Fund, T. Rowe Price may pay the investment subadviser up to 60% of the management fee that T. Rowe Price receives from that fund.

Management Fee Compensation

The following tables set forth the total management fees, if any, paid to the Price Advisers by each fund, during the fiscal years indicated:

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

(b) Commenced operations on September 28, 2021.

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

Management Related Services

Pursuant to an agreement between T. Rowe Price and State Street Bank and Trust Company (State Street), State Street provides certain accounting services for the benefit of the Price Funds. T. Rowe Price, under a separate agreement with the Price Funds, provides different accounting services to the funds as well as oversight of State Street. All accounting fees are included in the management fee.

Pursuant to an agreement between T. Rowe Price and BNY Mellon, BNY Mellon provides a variety of non-discretionary portfolio accounting and investment operations functions, including but not limited to trade support, security pricing unrelated to fair valuation, non-discretionary aspects of corporate actions, and collateral management functions, to T. Rowe Price for the benefit of Price Funds. The fees paid by T. Rowe Price to BNY Mellon under this agreement are included in the management fee.

Additional Payments to Financial Intermediaries and Other Third Parties

T. Rowe Price or its affiliates will, at their own expense and out of their own profits, provide additional compensation to certain financial intermediaries such as broker-dealers, registered investment advisers, and banks. These payments may be in the form of asset-based, transaction-based, or fixed-dollar payments in connection with the sale, distribution, marketing, and/or servicing of the Price Funds, commonly referred to as revenue-sharing (collectively “Additional Compensation”). The categories of Additional Compensation are described below. These categories are not mutually exclusive and T. Rowe Price or its affiliates may pay Additional Compensation for other types of services in the future. The same financial intermediaries may receive payments under one or more categories.

19

Marketing Support Payments T. Rowe Price or its affiliates will pay Additional Compensation for sales and marketing support activities to certain financial intermediaries in connection with their efforts to educate financial professionals and provide services that may facilitate, directly or indirectly, investment in the Price Funds. A financial intermediary’s marketing support services may include business planning assistance; advertising; educating financial intermediary personnel about the Price Funds and shareholder financial planning needs; placement on the financial intermediary’s sales platform; inclusion on a commission-free fund list or preferred funds list; periodic sales reporting and data on the Price Funds; and access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the financial intermediary. T. Rowe Price or its affiliates compensate financial intermediaries differently depending upon, among other factors, sales and asset levels, redemption rates and their level, and/or the type of marketing and educational activities provided by the financial intermediary.

Conference Support Payments Additional Compensation will include financial assistance to financial intermediaries that enable employees of T. Rowe Price or its affiliates to participate in and/or present at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs, client and investor events, co-operative advertising, newsletters, and other events. Additional Compensation amounts may vary depending upon the nature of the event. T. Rowe Price or its affiliates routinely sponsor and pay Additional Compensation in connection with due diligence meetings during which attendees receive updates on various Price Funds and are afforded the opportunity to speak with investment professionals, including portfolio managers. To the extent permitted by their firm’s policies and procedures, registered representatives’ expenses in attending these meetings, including lodging and transportation, may be covered by T. Rowe Price or its affiliates.

Administrative and Processing Support Payments T. Rowe Price provides Additional Compensation to financial intermediaries that will contribute to the costs of providing certain reporting and data processing services; eliminate certain transaction expenses, such as commissions for purchases or sales; and contribute to costs for ancillary services, such as setting up Price Funds on an intermediary’s trading system/platform.

In addition, T. Rowe Price has a long-term strategic relationship with Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab). Under this arrangement, T. Rowe Price will pay Additional Compensation in the form of asset-based payments to Schwab in exchange for Schwab, among other services, promoting certain Price Funds to Schwab’s retail clients and clients of investment advisers that custody assets at Schwab, including on schwab.com and other digital properties, access to Schwab representatives and advisers that custody their clients’ assets at Schwab and for the provision of additional marketing support opportunities.

The receipt of, or the prospect of receiving, Additional Compensation from T. Rowe Price and its affiliates may influence intermediaries, plan sponsors, and other third parties to offer or recommend Price Funds over other investment options for which an intermediary does not receive similar compensation (or receives lower levels of additional compensation). In addition, financial intermediaries that receive Additional Compensation may elevate the prominence of the Price Funds by, for example, placing the Price Funds on a list of preferred or recommended funds and/or provide preferential or enhanced opportunities to promote the Price Funds in various ways. Additional Compensation amounts are not paid by a fund directly; these arrangements do not increase fund expenses and will not change the price that an investor pays for shares of the Price Funds or the amount that a Price Fund receives to invest on behalf of an investor. However, T. Rowe Price’s revenues or profits may in part be derived from fees earned for services provided to and paid for by the Price Funds. Investors or prospective investors in the Price Funds should ask their financial intermediary for more information about any Additional Compensation it receives from T. Rowe Price or its affiliates.

Investment Services, a Maryland corporation formed in 1980 as a wholly owned subsidiary of T. Rowe Price, serves as distributor for all Price Funds on a continuous basis. Investment Services is registered as a broker-dealer under the 1934 Act and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA).

Investment Services is located at the same address as the funds and T. Rowe Price: 100 East Pratt Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

Investment Services serves as distributor to the Price Funds, pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement (Underwriting Agreement), which provides that Investment Services will pay, or will arrange for others to pay, fees and expenses in connection with printing and distributing prospectuses and shareholder reports for use in offering and selling fund shares; preparing, setting in type, printing, and mailing all sales literature and advertising; Investment Services’ federal and state

20

registrations as a broker-dealer; and offering and selling shares for each fund. Investment Services’ expenses are paid by T. Rowe Price.

Investment Services acts as the agent of the funds, in connection with the sale of fund shares in the various states in which Investment Services is qualified as a broker-dealer. Under the Underwriting Agreement, Investment Services accepts orders for fund shares at NAV. No sales charges are paid by investors or the funds, and no compensation is paid to Investment Services. The Underwriting Agreement also allows Investment Services to enter into agreements with affiliated T. Rowe Price entities to offer and sell shares of the Price Funds, under limited conditions, to certain institutional investors outside the United States.

Any investor or Authorized Participant should be aware of certain legal risks that are unique to investors that purchase Creation Units directly from the funds. Shares may be issued on an ongoing basis. Therefore, a “distribution” of shares could be occurring at any point in time. Certain activities that you perform as a dealer could, depending on the circumstances, result in you being deemed a participant in any distribution, such that it may render you a statutory underwriter and could subject you to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the 1933 Act. For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Units after placing an order with the Distributor, breaks them down into constituent shares, and sells such shares directly to customers, or if it chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for shares.

Dealers who are not “underwriters” but participate in a distribution (as opposed to engaging in ordinary transactions on the secondary market), and thus deal with shares as part of an “unsold allotment” within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the 1933 Act, will be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act.

The determination of whether a person is a statutory underwriter or may avail itself to certain relief or exemption under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act depends on all the facts and circumstances relating to a person and his or her planned and actual activities. Any example mentioned herein should not be considered a complete account of all the activities that may cause a person to be deemed a statutory underwriter or any exemptive relief that may or may not be available for any person.

The Price Advisers may also execute brokerage transactions for each fund and the fund may incur brokerage commissions or similar trading costs, particularly during the early stages of the fund’s development or in the case of transactions involving realized losses. Also, the fund may accept or pay cash as part or all of a purchase or redemption of a Creation Unit, in which case the Price Advisers may need to execute brokerage transactions for the fund. Transactions in portfolio assets may also be implemented through in-kind transactions with Authorized Participants for Creation Units rather than brokerage transactions.

Investment or Brokerage Discretion

Decisions with respect to the selection, purchase, and sale of portfolio securities on behalf of the funds’ portfolios are made by the Price Advisers. The Price Advisers are responsible for implementing these decisions for the funds, including, where applicable, the negotiation of commissions, the allocation of portfolio brokerage and principal business, and the use of affiliates to assist in routing orders for execution. Each Price Adviser may delegate actual trade execution to the trading desks of other Price Advisers and may use these other Price Advisers for certain other trading-related services.

Broker-Dealer Selection

With respect to equity, fixed income, and derivative transactions, and subject to the investment limitations of each fund, the Price Advisers may effect principal transactions on behalf of a fund with a broker-dealer that furnishes brokerage and, in certain cases, research services; designate a broker-dealer to receive selling concessions, discounts, or other allowances; and otherwise deal with a broker-dealer in the acquisition of securities in underwritings.

21

Fixed Income Securities

In purchasing and selling fixed income securities, the Price Advisers ordinarily place transactions with the issuer or a broker-dealer acting as principal for the securities on a net basis, with no stated brokerage commission being paid by the client, although the price usually reflects undisclosed compensation to the broker-dealer. Fixed income transactions may also be placed with underwriters at prices that include underwriting fees. Fixed income transactions through broker-dealers reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Subject to the investment limitations of each fund, the Price Advisers may engage in foreign currency transactions (FX) to facilitate trading in or settlement of trades in foreign securities. The Price Advisers may use FX, including forward currency contracts, when seeking to manage exposure to or profit from changes in interest or exchange rates; to protect the value of portfolio securities; or to facilitate cash management. The Price Advisers select broker-dealers that they believe will provide best execution on behalf of the funds and other investment accounts that they manage, frequently via electronic platforms. To minimize transaction costs, certain FX trading activity may be aggregated across accounts, including the funds, but each account’s trade is individually settled with the counterparty.

Equity Securities

Subject to the investment limitations of each fund, in purchasing and selling equity securities, the Price Advisers seek to obtain best execution at favorable security prices through responsible broker-dealers and, in the case of agency transactions, at competitive commission rates. However, under certain conditions, higher brokerage commissions may be paid to broker-dealers providing brokerage and research services to the Price Advisers than might be paid to other broker-dealers in accordance with Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act (Section 28(e)) and subsequent guidance from regulators.

In selecting broker-dealers to execute the funds’ portfolio transactions, consideration is given to such factors as the (i) liquidity of the security; (ii) the size and difficulty of the order; (iii) the speed and likelihood of execution and settlement; (iv) the reliability, integrity and creditworthiness, general execution and operational capabilities of competing broker-dealers and services provided; and (v) expertise in particular markets. It is not the policy of the Price Advisers to seek the lowest available commission rate where it is believed that a broker-dealer charging a higher commission rate would offer greater reliability or provide better pricing or more efficient execution. Therefore, the Price Advisers pay higher commission rates to broker-dealers that are believed to offer greater reliability, better pricing, or more efficient execution.

Best Execution

T. Rowe Price’s Global Trading Committee (GTC) oversees the brokerage allocation and trade execution policies for the Price Advisers. The GTC is supported by the equity and fixed income best execution subcommittees in monitoring the Price Advisers’ compliance with the execution policy. The execution policy requires the Price Advisers to execute trades consistent with the principles of best execution which requires an adviser to take all sufficient steps to obtain the best possible result for the funds taking into account various factors.

Research Benefits

The Price Advisers rely upon their own research and subject any external research to internal analysis before incorporating it into the investment process. The Price Advisers use equity brokerage commissions in connection with securities transactions consistent with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Section 28(e)) and other relevant regulatory guidance to acquire brokerage and research services from broker-dealers through commission-sharing arrangements (CSAs). Section 28(e) permits an investment adviser to cause an account to pay a higher commission to a broker-dealer that provides brokerage and research services than the commission another broker-dealer would charge, provided the adviser determines in good faith that the commission paid is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided. An adviser may make this good faith determination based upon either the particular transaction involved or the overall responsibilities of the adviser with respect to the accounts over which it exercises investment discretion.

Research services furnished by broker-dealers through which the Price Advisers effect securities transactions may be used in servicing all accounts (including non-Price Funds that may not be permitted to utilize excess commissions to pay for research because of a regulatory prohibition) managed by the Price Advisers. Therefore, research services received from broker-dealers that execute transactions for a particular fund will not necessarily be used by the Price Advisers in connection with

22

the management of that fund. Each of the Price Advisers may take a different approach to paying for research services in consideration of the regulatory regime and local market practice applicable to each Price Adviser.

Consistent with Section 28(e), the external research received from broker-dealers or independent third-party research providers can include information on the economy, industries, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical information, accounting and tax law interpretations, political developments, legal developments affecting portfolio securities, technical market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, currency and commodity market analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance analysis, and analysis of corporate, environmental, social and governance responsibility issues. Research services are received in the form of written reports, computer generated data, telephone contacts, investment conferences, financial models and personal meetings with security analysts, market specialists, access to unaffiliated individuals with expertise in various industries, businesses, or other related areas, including use of expert network services which provide access to industry consultants, vendors, and suppliers. The above list is not exhaustive, and the Price Advisers may consume any other external research or research service that falls within the safe harbor provision of Section 28(e). Each Price Adviser pays for fixed income research and services directly from its own resources where feasible or required.

Allocation of Brokerage Business

Each Price Adviser has a policy of not pre-committing a specific amount of business to any broker-dealer over any specific period. Each Price Adviser makes brokerage placement determinations, as appropriate, based on the needs of a specific transaction such as market-making, availability of a buyer for or seller of a particular security, or specialized execution skills. Each Price Adviser may choose to allocate brokerage among several broker-dealers able to meet the needs of the transaction. Allocation of brokerage business is monitored on a regularly scheduled basis by appropriate personnel and the GTC.

Each Price Adviser may have brokerage relationships with broker-dealers that are, or are an affiliate of, clients that have appointed the Price Adviser or an affiliate to serve as investment adviser, trustee, or recordkeeper. Each Price Adviser also has other relationships with or may own positions in the publicly traded securities of the broker-dealers with which they transact with or on behalf of our clients.

Evaluating the Overall Reasonableness of Brokerage Commissions Paid

On a continuing basis, the Price Advisers seek to determine what levels of commission rates are reasonable in the marketplace for transactions executed on behalf of funds and other institutional clients. In evaluating the reasonableness of commission rates, the Price Advisers may consider any or all of the following: (a) rates quoted by broker-dealers; (b) the size of a particular transaction, in terms of the number of shares, dollar amount, and number of clients involved; (c) the complexity of a particular transaction in terms of both execution and settlement; (d) the level and type of business conducted with a particular firm over a period of time; (e) the extent to which the broker-dealer has capital at risk in the transaction; (f) historical commission rates; (g) rates paid by other institutional investors based on available public information; and (h) research provided by the broker-dealer.

Commission Recapture

Currently, the Price Advisers do not recapture commissions, underwriting discounts, or selling-group concessions for fixed income securities acquired in underwritten offerings. The Price Advisers may, however, designate a portion of the underwriting spread to broker-dealers that participate in the offering.

Block Trading/Aggregated Orders/Order Sequencing

Because certain investment vehicles (including the funds) managed by the Price Advisers and other affiliated investment advisers have similar investment objectives and programs, investment decisions may be made that result in the simultaneous purchase or sale of securities. As a result, the demand for, or supply of, securities may increase or decrease, which could have an adverse effect on prices. Aggregation of orders may be a collaborative process between trading and portfolio management staff. The Price Advisers’ policy is not to favor one client over another in grouping orders for various clients.

The grouping of orders could at times result in more or less favorable prices. In certain cases, where the aggregated order is executed in a series of transactions at various prices on a given day, each participating investment vehicle’s proportionate

23

share of grouped orders reflects the average price paid or received. The Price Advisers may include orders on behalf of Price Funds and other clients and products advised by the Price Advisers and their affiliates, including the not-for-profit entities T. Rowe Price Foundation, Inc, the T. Rowe Price Program for Charitable Giving, Inc., employee stock for certain Retirement Plan Services relationships, and T. Rowe Price and its affiliates’ proprietary investments, in its aggregated orders.

The Price Advisers and other affiliated investment advisers have developed written trade allocation guidelines for their trading desks. Generally, when the amount of securities available in a public or initial offering or the secondary markets is insufficient to satisfy the volume for participating clients, the Price Advisers and other affiliated investment advisers will make pro-rata allocations based upon the relative sizes of the participating client orders or the relative sizes of the participating client portfolios depending upon the market involved, subject to portfolio manager and trader input. For example, a portfolio manager may choose to receive a non-pro-rata allocation to comply with certain client guidelines, manage anticipated cash flows, or achieve the portfolio manager’s long-term vision for the portfolio. Each investment vehicle (including the Price Funds) receives the same average share price of the securities for each aggregated order. Because a pro-rata allocation may not always accommodate all facts and circumstances, the guidelines provide for adjustments to allocation amounts in certain cases. For example, adjustments may be made: (i) to eliminate de minimis positions or to satisfy minimum denomination requirements; (ii) to give priority to accounts with specialized investment policies and objectives; and (iii) to allocate in light of a participating portfolio’s characteristics, such as available cash, industry or issuer concentration, duration, and credit exposure. Such allocation processes may result in a partial execution of a proposed purchase or sale order.

The Price Advisers and other affiliated investment advisers employ certain guidelines in an effort to ensure equitable distribution of investment opportunities among clients of the firm, which may occasionally serve to limit the participation of certain clients in a particular security, based on factors such as client mandate or a sector- or industry-specific investment strategy or focus. For example, accounts that maintain a broad investment mandate may have less access than targeted investment mandates to certain securities (e.g., sector-specific securities) where the relevant adviser does not receive a fully filled order (e.g., certain IPO transactions) or where aggregate ownership of such securities is approaching firm limits.

Also, for certain types of investments, most commonly private placement transactions, conditions imposed by the issuer may limit the number or type of clients allowed to participate or number of shares offered to the Price Advisers and other affiliated investment advisers.

The Price Advisers have developed written trade sequencing and execution guidelines that they believe are reasonably designed to provide the fair and equitable allocation of trades, both long and short, to minimize the impact of trading activity across client accounts. The policies and procedures are intended to mitigate conflicts of interest when: (i) trading both long and short in the same security; and (ii) shorting a security that is held by other accounts managed by the Price Advisers that are not simultaneously transacting in the security. Notwithstanding the application of the Price Advisers’ policies and procedures, it may not be possible to mitigate all conflicts of interest when transacting both long and short in the same security; therefore, there is a risk that one transaction will be completed ahead of the other transaction, that the pricing may not be consistent between long and short transactions, or that a long or short transaction may have an adverse impact on the market price of the security being traded.

Miscellaneous

The brokerage allocation policies for the Price Advisers are generally applied to all of their fully discretionary accounts, which represent a substantial majority of all assets under management. The Price Funds do not allocate business to any broker-dealer on the basis of its sales of the funds’ shares. However, this does not mean that broker-dealers that purchase fund shares for their clients will not receive business from the fund.

The Price Advisers may give advice and take action for clients, including the funds, that differs from advice given or the timing or nature of action taken for other clients. The Price Advisers are not obligated to initiate transactions for clients in any security that their principals, affiliates, or employees may purchase or sell for their own accounts or for other clients.

Purchase and sale transactions may be effected directly among and between non-ERISA client accounts (including affiliated mutual funds), provided no commission is paid to any broker-dealer, the security traded has readily available market quotations, and the transaction is effected at the independent current market price.

The GTC is responsible for developing brokerage policies, monitoring their implementation, and resolving any questions that arise in connection with these policies for the Price Advisers.

24

The Price Advisers have established a general investment policy that they will ordinarily not make additional purchases of a common stock for their clients (including the funds) if, as a result of such purchases, 10% or more of the outstanding common stock of the issuer would be held by clients in the aggregate. Approval may be given for aggregate ownership up to 20%, and in certain instances, higher amounts. All aggregate ownership decisions are reviewed by the appropriate oversight committee. For purposes of monitoring both of these limits, securities held by clients and clients of affiliated advisers are included.

Total Brokerage Commissions

The funds’ bond investments are generally purchased and sold through principal transactions, meaning that a fund normally purchases bonds directly from the issuer or a primary market-maker acting as principal for the bonds, on a net basis. As a result, there is no explicit brokerage commission paid on these transactions, although purchases of new issues from underwriters of bonds typically include a commission or concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter and purchases from dealers serving as market-makers typically include a dealer’s markup (i.e., a spread between the bid and the asked prices). Explicit brokerage commissions are paid, however, in connection with opening and closing out futures positions. In addition, the funds do not incur any brokerage commissions when buying and selling shares of Price Mutual Funds, although a fund will pay brokerage commissions if it purchases or sells shares of an exchange-traded fund.

The following table shows the approximate total amount of brokerage commissions paid by each fund for the fiscal years indicated.

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

(b) Less than $1,000.

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

(b) Less than $1,000.

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

(b) Less than $1,000.

25

Fund Holdings in Securities of Brokers and Dealers

The following lists each fund’s holdings in securities of its regular brokers and dealers as of the end of the fiscal years indicated, if applicable.

Total Return ETF

Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF

International Equity ETF

QM U.S. Bond ETF

Capital Appreciation Equity ETF

Value ETF

26

The portfolio turnover rates for the funds for the fiscal years indicated are shown in the table that follows. A fund’s portfolio turnover rate may vary from year to year due to fluctuating volume of shareholder purchase and redemption orders, market conditions, changes in T. Rowe Price’s investment outlook, or other factors.

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

(b) The portfolio turnover rate calculation included purchases and sales from the mortgage dollar roll transactions.

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

State Street serves as custodian and securities lending agent (the “Agent”) for the Price Funds. As the securities lending agent, it administers the funds’ securities lending program pursuant to the terms of a securities lending agency agreement entered into between the Price Funds and the Agent.

The Agent is responsible for making securities from each fund’s portfolio available to approved borrowers. The Agent is also responsible for the administration and management of each fund’s securities lending program, including the preparation and execution of an agreement with each borrower governing the terms and conditions of any securities loan, ensuring that securities loans are properly coordinated and documented, ensuring that loaned securities are valued daily and that the corresponding required cash collateral is delivered by the borrower(s), arranging for the investment of cash collateral received from borrowers in accordance with the investment vehicle approved by each fund’s Board, and arranging for the return of loaned securities to the fund in accordance with the funds’ instruction or at loan termination. As compensation for their services, the Agent receives a portion of the amount earned by each fund for lending securities.

The following table sets forth, for each fund’s most recently completed fiscal year, the fund’s gross income received from securities lending activities, any fees and/or other compensation paid by the fund for securities lending activities, and the net income earned by the fund for securities lending activities. The funds do not pay cash collateral management fees, separate administrative fees, separate indemnification fees, or other fees not reflected in the following table. Net income from securities lending activities may differ from the amount reported in a fund’s Form N-CSR, which reflects estimated accruals.

27

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

(a) Prior to commencement of operations.

(a) This fund does not participate in securities lending.

(b) Prior to commencement of operations.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 100 East Pratt Street, Suite 2600, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is the independent registered public accounting firm to the funds.

The financial statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of the funds included in each fund’s Form N-CSR are incorporated into this SAI by reference. A copy of the Form N-CSR of each fund with respect to which an inquiry is made will accompany this SAI.

28

PART II – TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Page

Part II of this SAI describes risks, policies, and practices that apply to the Price Funds.

The following information supplements the discussion of the funds’ investment programs and policies discussed in the funds’ prospectuses. You should refer to each fund’s prospectus to determine the types of holdings in which the fund primarily invests. You will then be able to review additional information set forth herein on those types of holdings and their risks, as well as information on other holdings in which the fund may occasionally invest.

The investment objective of each fund is a nonfundamental policy that the Board may change without approval by shareholders upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders. If there is a change in the investment objective(s) of a fund, the fund’s shareholders should consider whether the fund remains an appropriate investment in light of then-current needs.

Unless otherwise specified, the investment programs and restrictions of the funds are not fundamental policies. Each fund’s operating policies are subject to change by the Board without shareholder approval. The funds’ fundamental policies may not be changed without the approval of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the fund or, if it is less, 67% of the shares represented at a meeting of shareholders at which the holders of more than 50% of the shares are represented.

You may also refer to the sections titled “Portfolio Securities” and “Portfolio Management Practices” for discussions of the risks associated with the investments and practices described therein as they apply to the funds.

All Funds

Unforeseen Market Events

Unpredictable environmental, political, social and economic events, including but not limited to, environmental or natural disasters, war and conflict (including Russia’s military invasion of Ukraine and the conflict in Israel, Gaza and surrounding areas), terrorism, geopolitical developments (including trading and tariff arrangements, sanctions and cybersecurity attacks), and public health epidemics (including the global outbreak of COVID-19) and similar public health threats, may significantly affect the economy and the markets and issuers in which a fund invests. The extent and duration of such events and resulting market disruptions cannot be predicted, but could be substantial and could magnify the impact of other risks to a fund. These and other similar events could adversely affect the U.S. and foreign financial markets and lead to increased market volatility, reduced liquidity in the securities markets, significant negative impacts on issuers and the markets for certain securities and

29

commodities and/or government intervention. They may also cause short- or long-term economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. As a result, whether or not a fund invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to the countries directly affected, the value and liquidity of a fund’s investments may be negatively impacted. Some events may affect certain geographic regions, countries, sectors, and industries more significantly than others and exacerbate other preexisting environmental, political, social, and economic risks. Governmental and quasi-governmental authorities and regulators have in the past responded to major economic disruptions with a variety of significant fiscal and monetary policy changes, including but not limited to, direct capital infusions into companies, new monetary programs, and dramatically lower interest rates. An unexpected or quick reversal of these policies, or the ineffectiveness of these policies, could lead to inflation, negatively impact overall investor sentiment and/or further increase volatility in securities markets.

Governments and regulators may take actions that affect the regulation of the funds or the instruments in which the funds invest, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Future legislation or regulation or other governmental actions could limit or preclude the funds’ abilities to achieve their investment objectives or otherwise adversely impact an investment in the funds. Political and diplomatic events within the United States, including a contentious domestic political environment, changes in political party control of one or more branches of the U.S. government, the U.S. government’s inability at times to agree on a long-term budget and deficit reduction plan, the threat of a U.S. government shutdown, and disagreements over, or threats not to increase, the U.S. government’s borrowing limit (or “debt ceiling”), as well as political and diplomatic events abroad, may affect investor and consumer confidence and may adversely impact financial markets and the broader economy, perhaps suddenly and to a significant degree. A downgrade of the ratings of U.S. government debt obligations, or concerns about the U.S. government’s credit quality in general, could have a substantial negative effect on the U.S. and global economies. For example, concerns about the U.S. government’s credit quality may cause increased volatility in the stock and bond markets, higher interest rates, reduced prices and liquidity of U.S. Treasury securities, and/or increased costs of various kinds of debt. Moreover, although the U.S. government has honored its credit obligations, there remains a possibility that the United States could default on its obligations. The consequences of such an unprecedented event are impossible to predict, but it is likely that a default by the United States would be highly disruptive to the U.S. and global securities markets and could significantly impair the value of the funds’ investments.

Public health epidemics have and may have, an impact on a fund’s investments and net asset value and have led and may lead to increased market volatility and the potential for illiquidity in certain classes of securities and sectors of the market. Public health epidemics may result in periods of disruptions to business operations, supply chains and customer activity, travel restrictions, business closures, inability to obtain raw materials, supplies and component parts, and reduced or disrupted operations for the issuers in which a fund invests. The occurrence, reoccurrence and pendency of public health epidemics could adversely affect the economies and financial markets either in specific countries or worldwide.

In addition, the operations of the funds, their investment advisers, and the funds’ service providers may be significantly impacted, or even temporarily halted, as a result of any impairment to their information technology and other operational systems and other factors related to public emergencies.

Global economies and financial markets have become increasingly interconnected, which increases the possibility that environmental, economic, financial, or political events and factors in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region or worldwide.

Cybersecurity Risks

As the use of the internet and other technologies is prevalent in the course of business, the funds have become more susceptible to operational and financial risks associated with cyberattacks. Cybersecurity incidents can result from deliberate attacks, such as gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking” or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption, or from unintentional events, such as the inadvertent release of confidential information. Cybersecurity failures or breaches of the funds, or their service providers or the issuers of securities in which the funds invest, can cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses; the inability of fund shareholders to transact; violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement, or other compensation costs; and/or additional compliance costs. While measures have been developed that are designed to reduce the risks associated with cyberattacks, there is no guarantee that those measures will be effective, particularly since the funds do not directly control the cybersecurity defenses or plans of their service providers, financial intermediaries, and companies in which they invest or with which they do business.

30

Operational Risks

An investment in a Price Fund may be negatively impacted because of the operational risks arising from factors such as processing errors and human errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, failures in systems and technology, changes in personnel, and errors caused by third-party service providers or trading counterparties. Although the funds attempt to minimize such failures through controls and oversight, it is not possible to identify all of the operational risks that may affect a fund or to develop processes and controls that completely eliminate or mitigate the occurrence of such failures. A fund and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result. Processes and controls developed may not eliminate or mitigate the occurrence or effects of all risks, and some risks simply may be beyond any control of the funds, T. Rowe Price and its affiliates, or other service providers.

Government and Regulatory Risks

Legal, tax, and regulatory changes could occur that may adversely affect investments in which a fund invests. The Price Advisers and the instruments in which a fund invests may be subject to different and sometimes conflicting legislation or regulations. New or changing legislation or regulations may be imposed by the SEC, Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), U.S. Department of Labor, IRS, U.S. Federal Reserve or other banking regulators, Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Office of Foreign Assets Control, or other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise financial markets, including non-U.S. regulatory authorities. Such changes may impact the regulation of instruments in which a fund invests, the issuers of or counterparties to such instruments, or the Price Advisers or the funds themselves. Increasing regulation and the costs of compliance can generally be expected to increase the costs of investing and trading activities.

Risk Factors of Investing in Foreign Securities

· General Foreign securities include both U.S. dollar-denominated and non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers. Foreign securities include securities issued by companies that are organized under the laws of countries other than the U.S. as well as securities that are issued or guaranteed by foreign governments or by foreign supranational entities. They also include securities issued by companies whose principal trading market is in a country other than the U.S. and companies that derive a significant portion of their revenue or profits from foreign businesses, investments, or sales or that have a majority of their assets outside the United States. Foreign securities may be traded on foreign securities exchanges or in the foreign over-the-counter (OTC) markets. Foreign securities markets generally are not as developed or efficient as those in the United States.

Investing in foreign securities, as well as instruments that provide investment exposure to foreign securities and markets, involves risks that are not typically associated with investing in U.S. dollar-denominated securities of domestic issuers. Certain of these risks are inherent in any fund investing in foreign securities, while others relate more to the countries and regions in which the funds may invest. Many of the risks are more pronounced for investments in emerging market countries, such as Russia and many of the countries of Africa, Asia, Eastern Europe, Latin America, and the Middle East. There are no universally accepted criteria used to determine which countries are considered developed markets and which are considered emerging markets. However, the funds rely on the classification made for a particular country by an unaffiliated, third-party data provider.

· Political, Social, and Economic Risks Foreign investments involve risks unique to the local political, economic, tax, and regulatory structures in place, as well as the potential for social instability, military unrest, or diplomatic developments that could prove adverse to the interests of U.S. investors. The economies of many of the countries in which the funds may invest are not as developed as the U.S. economy, and individual foreign economies can differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, and balance of payments position. In addition, war and terrorism have affected many countries, especially those in Africa and the Middle East. Many countries throughout the world are dependent on a healthy U.S. economy and are adversely affected when the U.S. economy weakens or its markets decline.

Governments in certain foreign countries continue to participate to a significant degree, through ownership interest or regulation, in their respective economies. Action by these governments could have a significant effect on market prices of securities and payment of dividends. The economies of many foreign countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and economic conditions of their trading partners. The

31

enactment by these trading partners of protectionist trade legislation could have a significant adverse effect upon the securities markets of such countries.

· Currency Risks Investments in foreign securities will normally be denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, a change in the value of any such currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in the U.S. dollar value of the funds’ holdings denominated in that currency. Generally, when a given currency appreciates against the U.S. dollar (e.g., because the U.S. dollar weakens or the particular foreign currency strengthens), the value of the funds’ securities denominated in that currency will rise. When a given currency depreciates against the U.S. dollar (e.g., because the U.S. dollar strengthens or the particular foreign currency weakens), the value of the funds’ securities denominated in that currency will decline. The value of fund assets may also be affected by losses and other expenses incurred in converting between various currencies in order to purchase and sell foreign securities and by currency restrictions, exchange control regulations, and currency devaluations. In addition, a change in the value of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar could result in a change in the amount of income available for distribution. If a portion of a fund’s investment income may be received in foreign currencies, the fund will be required to compute its income in U.S. dollars for distribution to shareholders, and therefore, the fund will absorb the cost of currency fluctuations.

· Investment and Repatriation Restrictions Foreign investment in the securities markets of certain foreign countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions limit and, at times, preclude investment in such countries and increase the cost and expenses of the funds. Investments by foreign investors are subject to a variety of restrictions in many emerging market countries. These restrictions may take the form of prior governmental approval, limits on the amount or type of securities held by foreigners, and limits on the types of companies in which foreigners may invest. Additional or different restrictions may be imposed at any time by these or other countries in which the funds invest. In addition, the repatriation of both investment income and capital from several foreign countries is restricted and controlled under certain regulations, including, in some cases, the need for certain government consents.

· Market and Trading Characteristics Foreign securities markets are generally not as developed or efficient as, and are generally more volatile than, those in the United States. While growing in volume, they usually have substantially less volume than U.S. markets and the funds’ foreign portfolio securities may have lower overall liquidity, be more difficult to value, and be subject to more rapid and erratic price movements than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Foreign securities may trade at price/earnings multiples higher than comparable U.S. securities, and such levels may not be sustainable. Commissions on foreign securities trades are generally higher than commissions on U.S. exchanges, and while there are an increasing number of overseas securities markets that have adopted a system of negotiated rates, a number are still subject to an established schedule of minimum commission rates. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, and listed companies than in the United States.

Moreover, overall settlement practices for transactions in foreign markets may differ from those in U.S. markets. Such differences include delays beyond periods customary in the U.S. and practices, such as delivery of securities prior to receipt of payment, which increase the likelihood of a “failed settlement.” Failed settlements can result in losses to the funds. In certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct transactions. Delays in clearance and settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of the funds are uninvested and no return is earned. The inability of a fund to make intended security purchases due to clearance and settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. The inability of a fund to sell portfolio securities due to clearance and settlement problems could result either in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in the value of the portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, liability to the purchaser. Military unrest, war, terrorism, and other factors could result in securities markets closing unexpectedly for an extended period, during which a fund would lose the ability to either purchase or sell securities traded in that market. Finally, certain foreign markets are open for trading on days when the funds do not calculate their NAV. Therefore, the values of a fund’s holdings in those markets may be affected on days when shareholders have no access to the fund.

· Depositary Receipts It is expected that most foreign securities will be purchased in OTC markets or on securities exchanges located in the countries in which the issuers of the various securities are located, provided that is the best available market. However, the funds may also purchase depositary receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs), which are certificates evidencing ownership of underlying foreign securities, as alternatives to directly purchasing the foreign securities in their local markets and currencies. An advantage of ADRs, GDRs, and EDRs is that investors do not have to buy shares through the issuing

32

company’s home exchange, which may be difficult or expensive. ADRs, GDRs, and EDRs are subject to many of the same risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

Generally, ADRs are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets. The depositaries that issue ADRs are usually U.S. financial institutions, such as a bank or trust company, but the underlying securities are issued by a foreign issuer.

GDRs may be issued in U.S. dollars or other currencies and are generally designed for use in securities markets outside the United States. GDRs represent shares of foreign securities that can be traded on the exchanges of the depositary’s country. The issuing depositary, which may be a foreign or a U.S. entity, converts dividends and the share price into the shareholder’s home currency. EDRs are generally issued by a European bank and traded on local exchanges.

For purposes of a fund’s investment policies, investments in depositary receipts are deemed to be investments in the underlying securities. For example, an ADR representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock.

· Participation Notes The funds may gain exposure to securities in certain foreign markets through investments in participation notes (P-notes). For instance, a fund may purchase P-notes while it is awaiting approval from a foreign exchange to trade securities directly in that market as well as to invest in foreign markets that restrict foreign investors, such as the funds, from investing directly in individual securities traded on that exchange. P-notes are generally issued by banks or broker-dealers and are designed to offer a return linked to a particular underlying equity security. An investment in a P-note involves additional risks beyond the risks normally associated with a direct investment in the underlying security, and the P-note’s performance may differ from the underlying security’s performance. While the holder of a P-note is entitled to receive from the broker-dealer or bank any dividends paid by the underlying security, the holder is not entitled to the same rights (e.g., voting rights) as an owner of the underlying stock. P-notes are considered general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them as the counterparty. As such, the funds must rely on the creditworthiness of the counterparty for their investment returns on the P-notes and would have no rights against the issuer of the underlying security. There is also no assurance that there will be a secondary trading market for a P-note or that the trading price of a P-note will equal the value of the underlying security. Additionally, issuers of P-notes and the calculation agent may have broad authority to control the foreign exchange rates related to the P-notes and discretion to adjust the P-note’s terms in response to certain events.

· Investment Funds The funds may invest in investment funds, including ETFs and government money market funds, that have been authorized by the governments of certain countries specifically to permit foreign investment in securities of companies listed and traded on the stock exchanges in these respective countries. Investment in these funds is subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act. If a fund invests in such investment funds, shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses of the fund (including operating expenses and the fees of the investment manager), but will also indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying investment funds. In addition, the securities of these investment funds may trade at a premium (or discount) over their NAV.

· Financial Information and Governance There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies when compared with the reports and ratings that are published about companies in the United States. Many foreign companies are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards, practices, and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies, and there may be less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards. It also is often more difficult to keep currently informed of corporate actions, which can adversely affect the prices of portfolio securities.

· Taxes The dividends and interest payable on certain of the funds’ foreign portfolio securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income available for distribution to the funds’ shareholders. In addition, some governments may impose a tax on purchases by foreign investors of certain securities that trade in their country.

· Higher Costs Investors should understand that the expense ratios of funds investing primarily in foreign securities can be expected to be higher than funds that invest mainly in domestic securities. Reasons include the higher costs of maintaining custody of foreign securities, higher advisory fee rates paid by funds to investment advisers for researching and selecting foreign securities, and brokerage commission rates and trading costs that tend to be more expensive in foreign markets than in the United States.

· Other Risks With respect to certain foreign countries, especially emerging markets, there is the possibility of adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, limitations on the removal of

33

funds or other assets of the funds, or diplomatic developments that could affect investments by U.S. persons in those countries. Further, the funds may find it difficult or be unable to enforce ownership rights, pursue legal remedies, or obtain judgments in foreign courts. Evidence of securities ownership may be uncertain in many foreign countries. In many of these countries, the most notable of which is Russia, the ultimate evidence of securities ownership is the share register held by the issuing company or its registrar. While some companies may issue share certificates or provide extracts of the company’s share register, these are not negotiable instruments and are not effective evidence of securities ownership. In an ownership dispute, the company’s share register is controlling. Foreign companies with securities listed on U.S. exchanges may be delisted if they do not meet U.S. accounting standards and auditor oversight requirements, which may significantly decrease the liquidity and value of the securities.

· Europe, Middle East, and Africa

Europe includes both developed and emerging markets. Europe’s economies are diverse, its governments are decentralized, and its cultures vary widely. Unemployment in Europe has historically been higher than in the United States, and public deficits have been an ongoing concern in many European countries.

Fiscal Constraints Most developed countries in Europe are members of the European Union (EU), and many are also members of the European Economic and Monetary Union (EMU). European countries can be significantly affected by the tight fiscal and monetary controls that the EMU imposes on its members and with which candidates for EMU membership are required to comply. Member countries are required to maintain tight controls over inflation, public debt, and budget deficits, and these requirements can severely limit EMU member countries’ ability to implement monetary policy to address local or regional economic conditions. The private and public sectors’ debt problems of a single EU country can pose economic risks to the EU as a whole. The imposition of fiscal and monetary controls by EMU countries can have a significant impact on Europe as a whole. In addition, such controls could prove unsustainable and lead to an abrupt and unexpected elimination of the policy, leading to significant volatility.

Eurozone Currency Issues While certain EU countries continue to use their own currency, there is a collective group of EU countries, known as the eurozone, that use the euro as their currency. Although the eurozone has adopted a common currency and central bank, there is no fiscal union; therefore, money does not automatically flow from countries with surpluses to those with fiscal deficits. Several eurozone countries continue to face deficits and budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of not just eurozone countries but all of Europe. Rising government debt levels could increase market volatility and the probability of a recession, lead to emergency financing for certain countries, and foster increased speculation that certain countries may require bailouts. Eurozone policymakers have previously struggled to agree on solutions to debt crises, which has stressed the European banking system as lending continued to tighten. Similar crises in the future could place additional stress on the banking system and lead to downgrades of European sovereign debt. There continues to be concern over national-level support for the euro, which could lead to the implementation of currency controls, certain countries leaving the EU, or potentially a breakup of the eurozone and dissolution of the euro. A breakup of the eurozone, particularly a disorderly breakup, would pose special challenges for the financial markets and could lead to exchange controls and/or market closures. In the event of a eurozone default or breakup, some of the most significant challenges the funds with euro-denominated holdings and derivatives involving the euro face would include diminished market liquidity, operational issues relating to the settlement of trades, difficulty in establishing the fair values of holdings, and the redenomination of holdings into other currencies.

Emerging Europe, Middle East, and Africa The economies of the countries of emerging Europe, the Middle East, and Africa, sometimes referred to as “EMEA,” are all considered emerging market economies, and they tend to be highly reliant on the exportation of commodities.

Russia’s Invasion of Ukraine In February 2022, Russian military forces invaded Ukraine, significantly amplifying already existing geopolitical tensions among Russia and other countries. Russia’s invasion, the responses of countries and political bodies to Russia’s actions, and the potential for wider conflict may increase financial market volatility and could have severe adverse effects on regional and global economic markets, including the markets for certain securities and commodities such as oil and natural gas. The United States, the regulatory bodies of certain other countries, and the EU have instituted broad economic sanctions against certain Russian individuals and Russian entities in response to political and military actions, including state-sponsored cyberattacks, against foreign companies and foreign governments. The United States and other countries have also imposed economic sanctions on Belarus and may impose sanctions on other countries that support Russia’s military invasion. These sanctions, as well as any other economic consequences related to the invasion, such as additional sanctions, boycotts or changes in consumer or purchaser preferences or cyberattacks on governments, companies

34

or individuals, may further decrease the value and liquidity of certain Russian securities and securities of issuers in other countries that are subject to economic sanctions related to the invasion.

These sanctions can consist of prohibiting certain securities trades, certain private transactions, and doing business with certain Russian corporate entities, large financial institutions, officials and oligarchs as well as asset freezes. The sanctions include a commitment by certain countries and the EU to remove selected Russian banks from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications, commonly called “SWIFT”, the electronic network that connects banks globally, and imposed restrictive measures to prevent the Russian Central Bank from undermining the impact of the sanctions. Other sanctions have included bans on the export of certain services and goods, bans and restrictions on the importation of Russian origin items, including crude oil and gold, and prohibitions on additional services being provided in Russia that will impact a larger number of non-Russian firms indirectly and thereby negatively affect the value of a fund’s investments beyond any direct exposure to Russian issuers or those of adjoining geographic regions.

In response to sanctions, Russia has adopted a broad range of measures aimed at limiting the impact of sanctions on its economy in response to actions taken by the United States, United Kingdom, EU, and other coalition countries. The Russian Central Bank raised its interest rates and Russia has generally banned purchases and sales of securities traded on its local exchange by most foreigners. Russia has also severely restricted foreign currency transfers outside of Russia and introduced requirements that certain payments be in rubles.

Russia may take additional counter measures or retaliatory actions, which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities and fund investments. Such actions could, for example, include restricting gas exports to other countries, seizure of U.S. and European residents’ assets, or undertaking or provoking other military conflict elsewhere in Europe, any of which could exacerbate negative consequences on global financial markets and the economy.

These actions in response to the Russian invasion of Ukraine has resulted in the devaluation of Russian currency, a downgrade in the country’s credit rating, significant declines in the value and liquidity of securities issued by Russian companies or the Russian government, and/or significant impairment of the funds’ ability to buy, sell, or receive proceeds from those securities. Currently, funds that hold affected Russian equity securities have generally fair valued most or all such securities effectively at zero, which may continue for an extended period of time. Ongoing sanctions, the continued disruption of the Russian economy, or future military actions by Russia have and could continue to severely impact not only the performance of Russian securities or derivatives with exposure to Russian securities or currency, but also the economies of other European countries and globally. Moreover, the measures have and could continue to adversely affect global financial and energy markets, global supply chains, inflation, and global growth and thereby negatively affect the value of a fund’s investments beyond any direct exposure to Russian issuers or those of adjoining geographic regions. The duration of ongoing hostilities and corresponding sanctions and related events cannot be predicted and may result in a continued negative impact on performance and the value of Russian investments.

Political and Military Instability Many formerly communist, Eastern European countries have experienced significant political and economic reform over the past decade, and a continued eastward expansion of the EU could help to further anchor this reform process. However, the democratization process is still relatively new in a number of the smaller states and political turmoil and popular uprisings remain threats.

Many Middle Eastern economies have little or no democratic tradition and are led by family structures. Opposition parties are often banned, which can lead to dissidence and militancy. Despite a growing trend toward a democratic process, many African nations have a history of dictatorship, military intervention, and corruption. War, terrorism, and military takeovers could result in a securities market unexpectedly closing for an extended period, which would restrict a fund from selling its securities that are traded in that market. In all parts of EMEA, such developments, if they were to recur, could reverse favorable trends toward economic and market reform, privatization, and removal of trade barriers and result in significant disruptions in securities markets.

Foreign Currency Certain countries in the region may have managed currencies that are pegged to the U.S. dollar or the euro, rather than at levels determined by the market. This type of system can lead to sudden and large adjustments in the currency, which may, in turn, have a disruptive and negative effect on investors. There is no significant foreign exchange market for certain currencies, and it would, as a result, be difficult for the funds to engage in foreign currency transactions designed to protect the value of the funds’ interests in securities denominated in such currencies.

Energy/Resources Russia, the Middle East, many African nations, and certain Latin American countries are highly reliant on income from oil sales. As a result, oil prices tend to have a major impact on these economies and other commodities, such as

35

base and precious metals, may also significantly impact these economies. As global supply and demand for commodities fluctuate, the EMEA economies can be significantly impacted by the prices of such commodities.

Custody and Settlement The process of clearing and settling trades and to the holding of securities, cash, and other assets by local banks, agents, and depositories, may result in custody and settlement risks for the funds. Low trading volumes and volatile prices in less developed markets make trades harder to complete and settle, and governments or trade groups may compel local agents to hold securities in designated depositories that may not be subject to independent evaluation. Local agents are held only to the standards of care of their local markets, and thus may be subject to limited or no government oversight. In general, the less developed a country’s securities market, the greater the likelihood of custody problems. The possibility of fraud, negligence, or undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being lost. In addition, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or an agent of any of the foregoing goes bankrupt. A fund would absorb any loss resulting from such custody problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

In particular, because of the underdeveloped state of Russia’s financial and legal systems, the settlement, clearing, and registration of securities transactions are subject to heightened risks. Equity securities in Russia are issued only in book entry form, and ownership records are maintained in a decentralized fashion by registrars who are under contract with the issuers. Although a fund’s Russian sub-custodian maintains copies of the registrar’s records on its premises, such records may not be legally sufficient to establish ownership of securities. The registrars are not necessarily subject to effective state supervision nor are they licensed with any governmental entity. Although a fund investing in Russian securities seeks to ensure through its custodian that its interest continues to be appropriately recorded, it is possible that a fraudulent act may deprive the fund of its ownership rights or improperly dilute its interest. In addition, it is possible that a registrar could be suspended or its license revoked, which would impact a fund’s holdings at that registrar until the suspension is lifted or the companies’ records are transferred to an alternative registrar. Finally, although applicable Russian regulations impose liability on registrars for losses resulting from their errors, it may be difficult for a fund to enforce any rights it may have against the registrar or issuer of the securities in the event of loss of share registration. In addition, Russia has also recently required payments of loans, credit, and other financial instruments only be made in rubles and then deposited in accounts with a Russian bank that are effectively frozen, as well mandatory conversions of depositary receipts issued by Russian issuers to local Russian shares.

Investments in Saudi Arabia The funds generally expect to conduct their transactions in a manner in which they would not be limited by regulations to a single broker. However, there may be a limited number of brokers who can provide services to the fund in Saudi Arabia, which may have an adverse impact on the prices, quantity, or timing of fund transactions.

The funds’ ability to invest in Saudi Arabian equity securities depends on the ability of T. Rowe Price as a Foreign Portfolio Manager, and the fund as a Qualified Foreign Investor (QFI), to obtain and maintain their respective authorizations from the Saudi Arabia Capital Market Authority (CMA). Even though the funds have obtained QFI approval, the funds do not have an exclusive investment quota and are subject to foreign investment limitations and other regulations imposed by the CMA on QFIs, as well as local market participants. Any change in the QFI system generally, including the possibility of T. Rowe Price or the funds losing their respective Foreign Portfolio Manager and QFI status, may adversely affect the funds.

The funds are required to use a trading account to buy and sell securities in Saudi Arabia. This trading account can be held directly with a broker, or held with a custodian, which is known as the Independent Custody Model (ICM). The ICM approach is generally regarded as preferable because securities are under the safe keeping and control of the custodian and would be recoverable in the event of the bankruptcy of the custodian. When a fund utilizes the ICM approach, it relies on a broker standing instruction letter to authorize the fund’s sub-custodian to move securities to a trading account for settlement, based on the details supplied by the broker. However, an authorized broker could potentially either fraudulently or erroneously sell a fund’s securities, although opportunities for a local broker to conduct fraudulent transactions are limited due to short trading hours (trading hours in Saudi Arabia are generally between 10 a.m. to 3 p.m. local time) In addition, the risk of fraudulent or erroneous transactions are further mitigated by a manual pre-matching process conducted by the custodian, which validates the fund’s settlement instructions with the local broker contract note and the transaction report from the depository. Similar risks also apply to using a direct broker trading account. When a fund utilizes a direct broker trading account, the account is set up in the fund’s name, and the assets are likely to be treated as ring-fenced and separated from any other accounts at the broker. However, if the broker defaults, there may be a delay to recovering the fund’s assets that are held in the broker account and legal proceedings may need to be initiated in order to do so.

36

· Latin America

The majority of Latin American countries have been characterized at various times by high interest and unemployment rates, inflation, an over-reliance on commodity trades, and government intervention.

Inflation Most Latin American countries have experienced, at one time or another, severe and persistent levels of inflation, including, in some cases, hyperinflation. This has, in turn, led to high interest rates, extreme measures by governments to keep inflation in check, and a generally debilitating effect on economic growth. For example, recent political and social unrest in Venezuela has resulted in a massive disruption in the Venezuelan economy, including a deep recession and near hyperinflation. Although inflation in many countries has lessened, there is no guarantee it will remain at lower levels.

Political Instability and Government Control Certain Latin American countries have been marred by political uncertainty, intervention by the military in civilian and economic spheres, and political corruption. Such developments, if they were to recur, could reverse favorable trends toward market and economic reform, privatization, and removal of trade barriers and result in significant disruption in securities markets. Many Latin American governments have exercised significant influence over their country’s economies, which can have significant effects on companies doing business in Latin America and the securities they issue. These governments have often changed monetary, taxation, credit, tariff, and other policies to alter the direction of their economies. Actions to control inflation have involved the setting of wage and price controls, blocking access to bank accounts, imposing exchange controls, and limiting imports. Investments in Brazilian securities may be subject to certain restrictions on foreign investment. Brazilian law provides that whenever a serious imbalance in Brazil’s balance of payments exists or is anticipated, the Brazilian government may impose temporary restrictions on the remittance to foreign investors, such as the funds, of proceeds from the sale of Brazilian securities.

Foreign Currency Certain Latin American countries may experience sudden and large adjustments in their currency which, in turn, can have a disruptive and negative effect on foreign investors. Certain Latin American countries may impose restrictions on the free conversion of their currency into other currencies, including the U.S. dollar. There is no significant foreign exchange market for many Latin American currencies, and it would, as a result, be difficult for the funds to engage in foreign currency transactions designed to protect the value of the funds’ interests in securities denominated in such currencies.

Sovereign Debt A number of Latin American countries have been among the largest debtors of emerging market countries. There have been moratoria on, and reschedulings of, repayment with respect to these debts. Such events can restrict the flexibility of these debtor nations in the international markets and result in the imposition of onerous conditions on their economies.

Foreign Trade Because commodities, such as agricultural products, minerals, oil, and metals, represent a significant percentage of exports of many Latin American countries, the economies of those countries are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in commodity prices, currencies, and global demand for commodities.

Venezuela Investments in Venezuela increase a fund’s overall liquidity risk and may subject a fund to legal, regulatory, political, currency, security, expropriation and/or nationalization of assets, and economic risk specific to Venezuela. Venezuela is extremely well endowed with natural resources, and its economy is heavily dependent on the export of natural resources to key trading partners. Any act of terrorism, an armed conflict or a breakdown of a key trading relationship that disrupts the production or export of natural resources will likely negatively affect the Venezuelan economy. The U.S. has imposed economic sanctions, which consist of asset freezes and sectoral sanctions, on certain Venezuelan individuals and Venezuelan corporate entities, as well as certain securities issued by the Venezuelan government. These sanctions, or the threat of further sanctions, may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Venezuelan securities, a weakening of the bolivar, or other adverse consequences to the Venezuelan economy. These sanctions significantly impair the ability of a fund to buy, sell, receive, or deliver those securities and/or assets. Additional sanctions against Venezuela may in the future be imposed by the U.S. or other countries. These factors and others may significantly reduce the value of creditors’ claims against the Venezuelan government, state-owned enterprises, and private business in Venezuela. Enforcing these claims may also require protracted negotiation or litigation.

· Japan

Japan may be subject to political, economic, nature disaster, labor, and other risks. The Japanese economy has fallen into recessions due in part to an unstable financials sector, low domestic consumption, and certain corporate structural weaknesses, which remain some of the major issues the Japanese economy faces. Japan’s government implemented

37

significant economic reform aimed at jump-starting the Japanese economy and boosting the competitiveness of Japanese goods in world markets. Through aggressive monetary easing, temporary fiscal stimulus, and overall structural reform, the program is designed to end the recent cycles of deflation, falling prices, and declining wages. In addition, in recent years, Japan’s economic growth rate has generally remained low relative to other advanced economies, and it may remain low in the future. Japan has an aging workforce and has experienced a significant population decline in recent years, which may adversely affect Japan’s economic competitiveness.

Banking System To help sustain Japan’s economic recovery and improve its economic growth, many believe an overhaul of the nation’s financial institutions is necessary. Banks, in particular, may have to reform themselves to become more competitive. While successful financials sector reform would contribute to Japan’s economic recovery at home and would benefit other economies in Asia, internal conflict over the proper way to reform the banking system currently persists.

Natural Disasters Japan has experienced natural disasters, such as earthquakes and tidal waves, of varying degrees of severity. The risks of such phenomena, and the resulting damage, continue to exist and could have a severe and negative impact on a fund’s holdings in Japanese securities. Japan also has one of the world’s highest population densities. A significant percentage of the total population of Japan is concentrated in the metropolitan areas of Tokyo, Osaka, and Nagoya. Therefore, a natural disaster centered in or very near one of these cities could have a particularly devastating effect on Japan’s financial markets. Japan’s financial markets have in the past and may in the future fluctuate dramatically after a natural disaster.

Energy Importation Japan historically has depended on oil for most of its energy requirements. Almost all of its oil is imported, the majority from the Middle East. In the past, oil prices have had a major impact on the domestic economy, but more recently Japan has worked to reduce its dependence on oil by encouraging energy conservation and the use of alternative fuels. In addition, a restructuring of industry, with emphasis shifting from basic industries to processing and assembly type industries, has contributed to the reduction of oil consumption. However, there is no guarantee that this favorable trend will continue.

Foreign Trade Overseas trade is important to Japan’s economy, and Japan’s economic growth is significantly driven by its exports. Japan has few natural resources and must export to pay for its imports of these basic requirements. A significant portion of Japan’s trade is conducted with emerging market countries, almost all of which are located in East and Southeast Asia, and it can be affected by conditions in these other countries and currency fluctuations. Because of the concentration of Japanese exports in highly visible products such as automobiles and technology, and the large trade surpluses ensuing therefrom, Japan has had difficult relations with its trading partners, particularly the United States. Japan’s aging and shrinking population increases the cost of the country’s pension and public welfare system and lowers domestic demand, making Japan even more dependent on exports to sustain its economy. It is possible that trade sanctions or other protectionist measures could impact Japan adversely in both the short and long term.

· Asia (excluding Japan)

Asia includes countries in all stages of economic development, some of which have been characterized at times by overextension of credit, currency fluctuations, devaluations, restrictions, unstable employment rates, over-reliance on exports, and less efficient markets. Currency fluctuations or devaluations in any one country can have a significant effect on the entire region. Furthermore, increased political and social unrest in some Asian countries could cause further economic and market uncertainty in the entire region.

Political and Social Instability The political history of some Asian countries has been characterized by political uncertainty, intervention by the military in civilian and economic spheres, and political corruption. Such developments, if they continue to occur, could reverse favorable trends toward market and economic reform, privatization, and removal of trade barriers and could result in significant disruption to securities markets. For example, there is a demilitarized border and hostile relations between North and South Korea, and the Taiwanese economy has been affected by security threats from China. China remains a totalitarian country with continuing risk of nationalization, expropriation, or confiscation of property, and its legal system is still developing, making it more difficult to obtain or enforce judgments. China has experienced security concerns, such as terrorism and strained international relations. Additionally, China is alleged to have participated in state-sponsored cyberattacks against foreign companies and foreign governments. Actual and threatened responses to such activity, including purchasing restrictions, sanctions, tariffs, or cyberattacks on the Chinese government or Chinese companies, may impact China’s economy and Chinese issuers of securities in which certain funds invest. At times, religious, cultural, and military

38

disputes within and outside India have caused volatility in the Indian securities markets, and such disputes could adversely affect the value and liquidity of a fund’s investments in Indian securities in the future.

Foreign Currency Certain Asian countries may have managed currencies, which are maintained at artificial levels to the U.S. dollar rather than at levels determined by the market. This type of system can lead to sudden and large adjustments in the currency, which, in turn, can have a disruptive and negative effect on foreign investors. Certain Asian countries also may restrict the free conversion of their currency into foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar. There is no significant foreign exchange market for certain currencies, and it would, as a result, be difficult for the funds to engage in foreign currency transactions designed to protect the value of the funds’ interests in securities denominated in such currencies.

Interrelated Economies and International Trade A number of Asian companies are highly dependent on foreign loans for their operation, some of which may impose strict repayment term schedules and require significant economic and financial restructuring. The economies of many countries in the region are heavily dependent on international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners. China has had an increasingly significant and positive impact on the region and the global economy, but its continued success depends on its ability to retain the legal and financial policies that have fostered economic freedom and market expansion. China’s central government historically has exercised substantial control over the Chinese economy through administrative regulation and/or state ownership. Despite economic reforms that have resulted in less direct central and local government control over Chinese businesses, actions of the Chinese central and local government authorities continue to have a substantial effect on economic conditions in China. These activities, which may include central planning or partial state ownership of or government actions designed to substantially influence certain Chinese industries, market sectors, or particular Chinese companies, may adversely affect the public and private sector companies in which a fund invests. The Hong Kong, Taiwanese, and Chinese economies can be dependent on the economies of other countries and can be significantly affected by currency fluctuations and increasing competition from Asia’s other low-cost emerging economies. These China region economies can also be significantly affected by general social, economic, and political conditions in China and other countries. The willingness and ability of the Chinese government to support the Hong Kong and Chinese economies and markets is uncertain. China has yet to develop comprehensive securities, corporate, or commercial laws, and its market is relatively new and undeveloped. Also, foreign investments may be restricted. Changes in government policy could significantly affect the local markets.

Investments in Chinese Companies and Securities

Chinese companies, including Chinese companies that are listed on U.S. exchanges, are not subject to the same degree of regulatory requirements, accounting standards, or auditor oversight as companies in more developed countries, and as a result, information about the Chinese securities in which certain funds invest may be less reliable or complete.

Chinese operating companies listed on U.S. exchanges are often structured as variable interest entities (VIEs). Instead of directly owning the equity securities of a Chinese company, a VIE enters into service contracts and other contracts with the Chinese company, which provide the VIE with exposure to the company. Although the VIE has no equity ownership of the Chinese operating company, the contractual arrangements permit the VIE to consolidate the Chinese operating company into its financial statements. Intervention by the Chinese government with respect to VIEs could significantly affect the Chinese operating company’s performance and the enforceability of the VIE’s contractual arrangements with the Chinese company.

There may be significant obstacles to obtaining information necessary for investigations into, or litigation against, Chinese companies and shareholders may have limited legal remedies. In addition, there may be restrictions on investments in Chinese companies. For example, a series of executive orders issued between November 2020 and June 2021 prohibit the funds from investing in certain companies tied to the Chinese military or China’s surveillance technology sector. The prohibited companies are those identified by the U.S. Department of the Treasury as “Chinese Military Industrial Complex Companies.” The restrictions on investing in Chinese Military Industrial Complex Companies extend to instruments that are derivative of, or designed to provide investment exposure to, these companies. The restrictions in these executive orders may force the fund to sell certain positions and may restrict the fund from future investments the fund deems otherwise attractive.

Certain funds may hold securities listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (SSE) or Shenzhen Stock Exchange (SZSE). Securities listed on these exchanges are divided into two classes: A shares, which are mostly limited to domestic investors (China A Shares, as described further below under “Risks Associated With Investing in China A Shares”), and B shares, which are allocated for both international and domestic investors (China B Shares). The funds’ exposure to China A Shares is generally through the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect and Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect programs (each a

39

“Stock Connect” and together the “Stock Connects”) or through T. Rowe Price’s Qualified Foreign Institutional Investor (QFII) Quota.

The Stock Connects and T. Rowe Price’s QFII Quota are described in more detail under “Risks Associated With Investing in China A Shares,” below. In addition to China A Shares and China B Shares, certain funds may also invest in Hong Kong-listed H shares, Hong Kong-listed Red Chips (which are companies incorporated in certain foreign jurisdictions, owned by national or local governments in China and deriving substantial revenues in China but listed in Hong Kong), P Chips (which are companies incorporated in certain foreign jurisdictions, controlled by individuals in China and deriving substantial revenues in China but listed in Hong Kong), and companies with a majority of revenues derived from business conducted in China (regardless of the exchange on which the security is listed or the country in which the company is based).

Some funds may invest in onshore China bonds via a QFII license awarded to T. Rowe Price or through a China Interbank Bond Market (CIBM) registration. CIBM is an over-the-counter (OTC) market outside the two main stock exchanges in the People’s Republic of China (PRC), Shanghai Stock Exchange and Shenzhen Stock Exchange, and was established in 1997. On CIBM, institutional investors (including domestic institutional investors but also QFIIs, Renminbi QFIIs as well as other offshore institutional investors, subject to authorization) trade certain debt instruments on a one-to-one quote-driven basis. CIBM accounts for a vast majority of outstanding bond values of total trading volume in the PRC. The main debt instruments traded on CIBM include government bonds, financial bonds, corporate bonds, bond repo, bond lending, and People’s Bank of China bills.

Investors should be aware that trading on CIBM exposes the applicable fund to increased risks. CIBM is still in its development stage, and the market capitalization and trading volume may be lower than those of more developed markets. Market volatility and potential lack of liquidity due to low trading volume of certain debt securities may result in the prices of debt securities traded on such market to fluctuate significantly. Funds investing in such a market therefore may incur significant trading, settlement, and realization costs and may face counterparty default, liquidity, and volatility risks, resulting in significant losses for the funds and their investors. Further, since a large portion of CIBM consists of Chinese state-owned entities, the policy priorities of the Chinese government, the strategic importance of the industry, and the strength of a company’s ties to the local, provincial, or central government may and will affect the pricing of such securities.

In addition to the risks of investing in securities of Chinese issuers described in each applicable fund’s prospectus, it is important to understand that significant portions of the Chinese securities markets may become rapidly illiquid, as the Chinese regulatory authorities and Chinese issuers have the ability to suspend the trading of equity securities and have shown a willingness to exercise that option in response to market volatility and other events. The liquidity of Chinese securities may shrink or disappear suddenly and without warning as a result of adverse economic, market, or political events or adverse investor perceptions, whether or not accurate. The liquidity of a suspended security may be significantly impaired and may be more difficult to value accurately. Illiquidity of a fund’s holdings may limit the ability of the fund to obtain cash to meet redemptions on a timely basis. Some Chinese companies are subject to economic or trade restrictions imposed by other governments due to national security, human rights or other concerns of such government. For example, certain foreign technology companies are subject to U.S. export restrictions as they are believed to pose a national security risk to the United States. The United States also bans imports of goods produced in certain regions of China or by certain Chinese companies due to concerns about forced labor. Such restrictions may have unanticipated and adverse effects on the Chinese economy. Any such action that targets Chinese financial markets or securities exchanges could interfere with orderly trading, delay settlement or cause market disruptions. So long as these restrictions do not include restrictions on investments, a fund may invest in such companies.

China A Share Market Risk Investments in China and more specifically, investments in securities of the Chinese domestic securities market listed and traded on China’s domestic stock exchanges (including China A Shares) are currently subject to certain additional risks. Purchase and ownership of China A Shares is generally restricted to Chinese investors and may only be accessible to foreign investors under certain regulatory frameworks as described herein. China A Shares may only be bought from, or sold to, a fund from time to time where the relevant China A Shares may be sold or purchased on the SSE or the SZSE, as appropriate. The existence of a liquid trading market for China A Shares may depend on whether there is supply of, and demand for, China A Shares. Investors should note that the SSE and SZSE on which China A Shares are traded (collectively, the “China A Shares Markets”) are undergoing development and the market capitalization of, and trading volumes on, those exchanges may be lower than those in more developed financial markets. Market volatility and settlement difficulties in the China A Shares Markets may result in significant fluctuation in the prices of the securities traded

40

on such markets and thereby changes in the net asset value of a fund. The China A Shares Markets are considered volatile and unstable (with the risk of suspension of a particular stock or government intervention).

China QFII Investment Risk Certain funds may be invested in China A Shares through the use of a Qualified Foreign Institutional Investor license. Under the prevailing regulations in China, foreign investors can invest in China A Shares pursuant to the applicable QFII rules and regulations (QFII Eligible Securities) through institutions that have obtained QFII status in China. The funds themselves are not QFIIs, but may invest directly in QFII Eligible Securities via the QFII status of an entity having QFII status. T. Rowe Price has been granted QFII status and a QFII investment quota (QFII Quota) through which a fund will be able to invest in QFII Eligible Securities. Some funds, have a segregated account from which they are able to utilize T. Rowe Price’s existing and unused QFII Quota.

A fund’s ability to make the relevant investment to fully implement or pursue its investment objective or strategy is subject to the applicable laws, rules, and regulations (including restrictions on investments and repatriation of principal and profits) in China, which are subject to change, and such change may have potential retrospective effect.

There are rules and restrictions under current QFII regulations including rules on remittance of principal, investment restrictions, lock-up periods, and repatriation of principal and profits. Due to Chinese legal restrictions on repatriation of assets, proceeds from sales of China A Shares cannot be immediately received by a fund. QFII restrictions on repatriations may apply to the QFII Quota granted to T. Rowe Price.

The QFII Quota is granted to T. Rowe Price as a whole and not simply to investments made by a particular fund. The capacity of a fund to make investments in QFII Eligible Securities and the ability to repatriate funds may be thus adversely affected by the investments, performance, and/or repatriation of funds invested by other client accounts or mutual funds managed by T. Rowe Price utilizing its QFII Quota or by T. Rowe Price itself.

The QFII status of T. Rowe Price could be revoked, in particular because of material violations of rules and regulations by T. Rowe Price. If T. Rowe Price loses its QFII status, the funds may not be able to invest directly in QFII Eligible Securities and may be required to dispose of their holdings, which would likely have a material adverse effect on the funds.

As the QFII, T. Rowe Price is responsible for ensuring that all transactions and dealings by a fund in China A Shares will comply with the fund’s investment policies as well as the relevant laws and regulations applicable to T. Rowe Price as QFII. If any conflicts of interest arise, T. Rowe Price will seek to ensure that each fund is managed in the best interests of the shareholders of that fund. The QFII Quota is granted to T. Rowe Price as a whole and not simply to investments made by a particular fund. There can be no assurance that the QFII will be able to allocate a sufficient portion of its QFII Quota to meet all desired investments by a fund in China A Shares, or that redemption requests can be processed in a timely manner due to adverse changes in relevant laws or regulations, including changes in QFII repatriation restrictions.

In extreme circumstances, a fund may incur significant loss if there is insufficient QFII Quota allocated for the fund to make investments, if the approval of T. Rowe Price as QFII is revoked/terminated or otherwise invalidated as the fund may be prohibited from trading of relevant securities and repatriating of the fund’s monies, or if any of the key operators or parties (including the QFII custodian/brokers) is bankrupt/in default and/or is disqualified from performing its obligations (including execution or settlement of any transaction or transfer of monies or securities).

Risks Associated With Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect and Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect Certain funds may invest in and have direct access to certain eligible China A Shares via the Stock Connects upon approval by the relevant regulatory authority. The Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect is a securities trading and clearing linked program developed by Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (HKEx), SSE, and China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited (ChinaClear). The Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect is a securities trading and clearing linked program developed by HKEx, SZSE, and ChinaClear. The aim of each Stock Connect is to achieve mutual stock market access between mainland China and Hong Kong.

Under both Stock Connects, overseas investors (including the funds) may be allowed, subject to rules and regulations issued and amended from time to time, to trade certain China A Shares listed on either the SSE or SZSE through the relevant “Northbound Trading Link.” The list of eligible securities may be changed subject to the review and approval by the relevant Chinese regulators from time to time and the funds may invest in any security made available through the Stock Connects.

Hong Kong and overseas investors (including the funds) may only trade and settle SSE securities and SZSE securities in renminbi.

41

Risks of investing through the Stock Connects include:

· Quota Limitations Risk Each of the Stock Connects is subject to a daily quota. If the daily quota is exceeded, further buy orders will be rejected. The daily quota is not particular to either the funds or T. Rowe Price; instead, it applies to all market participants generally. Thus, T. Rowe Price will not be able to control the use or availability of the quota. If T. Rowe Price is unable to purchase additional Stock Connect securities, it may affect T. Rowe Price’s ability to implement the funds’ respective investment strategies.

· Suspension Risk The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong (SEHK), SZSE, and SSE reserve the right to suspend trading if necessary for ensuring an orderly and fair market and managing risks prudently, which could adversely affect the relevant funds’ ability to access the mainland China market.

· Differences in Trading Day The Stock Connects only operate on days when both the mainland China and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banks in both markets are open on the corresponding settlement days. It is possible that there are occasions when it is a normal trading day for the mainland China market but Hong Kong and overseas investors (such as the funds) cannot carry out any China A Shares trading because it is not a day when the Hong Kong market is open for trading. The funds may be subject to the risk of price fluctuations in China A Shares during the time when the Stock Connects are not trading as a result.

· Extended Market Closings The Shanghai and Shenzhen stock exchanges may close for extended periods for holidays or otherwise, which impacts the fund’s ability to trade during those periods.

· Clearing and Settlement and Custody Risks The Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of HKEx (HKSCC) and ChinaClear establish the clearing links and each is a participant of the other to facilitate clearing and settlement of cross-boundary trades. As the national central counterparty of China’s securities market, ChinaClear operates a comprehensive network of clearing, settlement and stock holding infrastructure. ChinaClear has established a risk management framework and measures that are approved and supervised by the China Securities Regulatory Commission (CSRC). The chances of a default by ChinaClear are considered to be remote. Should the remote event of a ChinaClear default occur and ChinaClear be declared as a defaulter, HKSCC will in good faith, seek recovery of the outstanding stocks and monies from ChinaClear through available legal channels or through ChinaClear’s liquidation. In that event, the relevant fund(s) may suffer delay in the recovery process or may not be able to fully recover its losses from ChinaClear. The China A Shares traded through the Stock Connects are issued without stock certificates in scripless form, so investors such as the funds will not hold any physical China A Shares. Hong Kong and overseas investors, such as a fund, who have acquired SSE securities and/or SZSE securities through the Stock Connects, should maintain the SSE securities and/or SZSE securities with their brokers’ or custodians’ stock accounts with the Central Clearing and Settlement System operated by HKSCC for the clearing securities listed or traded on SEHK.

· Operational Risk The Stock Connects are premised on the functioning of the operational systems of the relevant market participants. Market participants are able to participate in this program subject to meeting certain information technology capability, risk management, and other requirements as may be specified by the relevant exchange and/or clearing house. It should be appreciated that the securities regimes and legal systems of the two markets differ significantly and market participants may need to address issues arising from the differences on an ongoing basis. There is no assurance that the systems of the SEHK and market participants will function properly or will continue to be adapted to changes and developments in both markets. In the event that the relevant systems failed to function properly, trading in both markets through the program could be disrupted. A fund’s ability to access the China A Shares Market (and hence to pursue its investment strategy) will be adversely affected.

· Recalling Risk and Trading Restrictions A stock may be recalled from the scope of eligible SSE securities or SZSE securities for trading via the Stock Connects for various reasons, and in such event the stock can only be sold but is restricted from being bought. T. Rowe Price’ ability to implement a fund’s investment strategies may be adversely affected.

· Nominee Arrangements in Holding China A Shares HKSCC is the “nominee holder” of the securities acquired by overseas investors (including the relevant funds) through the Stock Connects. The CSRC Stock Connect rules expressly provide that investors enjoy the rights and benefits of the securities acquired through

42

the Stock Connects in accordance with applicable laws. However, how a beneficial owner of the relevant securities exercises and enforces its rights over such securities in the courts in China is yet to be tested. Even if the concept of beneficial ownership is recognized under Chinese law, those securities may form part of the pool of assets of such nominee holder available for distribution to creditors of such nominee holder and/or that a beneficial owner may have no rights whatsoever in respect thereof. Consequently, a fund and the Depositary cannot ensure that the funds’ ownership of these securities or title thereto is assured in all circumstances. Under the rules of the Central Clearing and Settlement System operated by HKSCC for the clearing of securities listed or traded on SEHK, HKSCC as nominee holder shall have no obligation to take any legal action or court proceeding to enforce any rights on behalf of the investors in respect of the SSE securities and/or SZSE securities in China or elsewhere. Therefore, although the relevant funds’ ownership may be ultimately recognized, that fund may suffer difficulties or delays in enforcing its rights in China. To the extent that HKSCC is deemed to be performing safekeeping functions with respect to assets held through it, the Depositary and the fund will have no legal relationship with HKSCC and no direct legal recourse against HKSCC in the event that the fund suffers losses resulting from the performance or insolvency of HKSCC.

· Investor Compensation Investments of a fund through Northbound trading under the Stock Connects will not be covered by Hong Kong’s Investor Compensation Fund. Hong Kong’s Investor Compensation Fund is established to pay compensation to investors of any nationality who suffer pecuniary losses as a result of default of a licensed intermediary or authorized financial institution in relation to exchange-traded products in Hong Kong. Since default matters in Northbound trading via the Stock Connects do not involve products listed or traded in SEHK or Hong Kong Futures Exchange Limited, they will not be covered by the Investor Compensation Fund. On the other hand, since a fund is carrying out Northbound trading through securities brokers in Hong Kong but not mainland Chinese brokers, it is not protected by the China Securities Investor Protection Fund in China.

· Trading Costs In addition to paying trading fees and stamp duties in connection with trading China A Shares, a fund may be subject to other fees and taxes arising from stock transfers which are determined by the relevant authorities.

· Regulatory Risk Stock Connects are subject to regulations promulgated by regulatory authorities and implementation rules made by the stock exchanges in mainland China and Hong Kong. Further, new regulations may be promulgated from time to time by the regulators in connection with operations and cross-border trades under the Stock Connects. The relevant rules and regulations are untested so far and there is no certainty as to how they will be applied. Moreover, the rules and regulations are subject to change which may have potential retroactive effect. There can be no assurance that the Stock Connects will not be abolished. The relevant funds that may invest in mainland China markets through the Stock Connects may be adversely affected as a result of such changes.

· Risks Associated With the Small and Medium Enterprise Board and/or ChiNext Market Via Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect, the funds may access securities listed on the Small and Medium Enterprise (SME) board and the ChiNext market of the SZSE. Listed companies on the SME board and/or the ChiNext market are usually of an emerging nature with smaller operating scale. They are subject to higher fluctuation in stock prices and liquidity and have higher risks and turnover ratios than companies listed on the main board of the SZSE. Securities listed on the SME board and/or ChiNext may be overvalued and such exceptionally high valuation may not be sustainable. Stock price may be more susceptible to manipulation due to fewer circulating shares. It may be more common and faster for companies listed on the SME board and/or ChiNext to delist. This may have an adverse impact on the funds if the companies that they invest in are delisted. Also, the rules and regulations regarding companies listed on the ChiNext market are less stringent in terms of profitability and share capital than those on the main board and SME board. Investments in the SME board and/or ChiNext market may result in significant losses for the funds and their investors.

Risk Factors of Investing in Taxable Debt Obligations

General

Yields on short-, intermediate-, and long-term debt securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including the general conditions of the money, bond, and foreign exchange markets; the size of a particular offering; the maturity of the obligation;

43

and the credit rating of the issue. Debt securities with longer maturities tend to carry higher yields and are generally subject to greater capital appreciation and depreciation than obligations with shorter maturities and lower yields. The market prices of debt securities usually vary, depending upon available yields. An increase in interest rates will generally reduce the value of portfolio investments, and a decline in interest rates will generally increase the value of portfolio investments. The ability of funds investing in debt securities to achieve their investment objectives is also dependent on the continuing ability of the issuers of the debt securities in which the funds invest to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal when due.

After purchase by the funds, a debt security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the funds. Neither event will require a sale of such security by the funds. However, such events will be considered in determining whether the funds should continue to hold the security. To the extent that the ratings given by Moody’s, S&P, or another credit rating agency may change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, the funds will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for investments in accordance with the investment policies contained in the prospectus. The ratings of Moody’s, S&P, and other credit rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of securities that they undertake to rate. Ratings are not absolute standards of quality. When purchasing unrated securities, T. Rowe Price, subject to oversight of the funds’ Boards, determines whether the unrated security is of a quality comparable to that which the funds are allowed to purchase.

Full Faith and Credit Securities

Securities backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (e.g., Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) and U.S. Treasury securities) are generally considered to be among the most, if not the most, creditworthy investments available. While the U.S. government has honored its credit obligations continuously for the last 200 years, political events have, at times, called into question whether the United States would default on its obligations. Such an event would be unprecedented, and there is no way to predict its impact on the securities markets or the funds. However, it is very likely that default by the United States would result in losses to the funds. A downgrade of the rating of U.S. government debt obligations, which are often used as a benchmark for other borrowing arrangements, could result in higher interest rates for individual and corporate borrowers, cause disruptions in the international bond markets and have a substantial effect on the U.S. economy. A downgrade of U.S. Treasury securities by S&P or another credit rating agency may cause the value of the funds’ U.S. Treasury obligations to decline.

Mortgage Securities

Mortgage-backed securities, including GNMA securities, differ from conventional bonds in that principal is paid back over the life of the security rather than at maturity. As a result, the holder of a mortgage-backed security (i.e., a fund) receives monthly scheduled payments of principal and interest and may receive unscheduled principal payments representing prepayments on the underlying mortgages. Therefore, GNMA securities may not be an effective means of “locking in” long-term interest rates due to the need for the funds to reinvest scheduled and unscheduled principal payments. The incidence of unscheduled principal prepayments is also likely to increase in mortgage pools owned by the funds when prevailing mortgage loan rates fall below the mortgage rates of the securities underlying the individual pool. The effect of such prepayments in a falling rate environment is to (1) cause the funds to reinvest principal payments at the then-lower prevailing interest rate, and (2) reduce the potential for capital appreciation beyond the face amount of the security and adversely affect the return to the funds. Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, such prepayments can be reinvested at higher prevailing interest rates, which will reduce the potential effect of capital depreciation to which bonds are subject when interest rates rise. When interest rates rise and prepayments decline, GNMA securities become subject to extension risk or the risk that the price of the securities will fluctuate more. In addition, prepayments of mortgage securities purchased at a premium (or discount) will cause such securities to be paid off at par, resulting in a loss (gain) to the funds. T. Rowe Price will actively manage the funds’ portfolios in an attempt to reduce the risk associated with investment in mortgage-backed securities.

The market value of adjustable rate mortgage securities (ARMs), like other U.S. government securities, will generally vary inversely with changes in market interest rates, declining when interest rates rise and rising when interest rates decline. Because of their periodic adjustment feature, ARMs should be more sensitive to short-term interest rates than long-term rates. They should also display less volatility than long-term mortgage-backed securities. Thus, while having less risk of a decline during periods of rapidly rising rates, ARMs may also have less potential for capital appreciation than other investments of comparable maturities. Interest rate caps on mortgages underlying ARMs may prevent income on the ARMs from increasing to prevailing interest rate levels and cause the securities to decline in value. In addition, to the extent ARMs are purchased at a premium, mortgage foreclosures and unscheduled principal prepayments may result in some loss of the

44

holders’ principal investment to the extent of the premium paid. On the other hand, if ARMs are purchased at a discount, both a scheduled payment of principal and an unscheduled prepayment of principal will increase current and total returns and will accelerate the recognition of income that, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income.

High Yield Securities

Special Risks of Investing in Junk Bonds The following special considerations are additional risk factors of funds investing in lower-rated securities.

· Lower-Rated Debt Securities An economic downturn or increase in interest rates is likely to have a greater negative effect on this market; the value of lower-rated debt securities in the funds’ portfolios; the funds’ net asset value; and the ability of the bonds’ issuers to repay principal and interest, meet projected business goals, and obtain additional financing than on higher-rated securities. These circumstances also may result in a higher incidence of defaults than with respect to higher-rated securities. Investment in funds that invest in lower-rated debt securities is more risky than investment in shares of funds that invest only in higher-rated debt securities.

· Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes Prices of lower-rated debt securities may be more sensitive to adverse economic changes or corporate developments than higher-rated investments. Debt securities with longer maturities, which may have higher yields, may increase or decrease in value more than debt securities with shorter maturities. Market prices of lower-rated debt securities structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes and may be more volatile than securities that pay interest periodically and in cash. Where it deems it appropriate and in the best interests of fund shareholders, a fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery on a debt security on which the issuer has defaulted and to pursue litigation to protect the interests of security holders of its portfolio companies.

· Liquidity and Valuation Because the market for lower-rated securities may be thinner and less active than for higher-rated securities, there may be market price volatility for these securities and limited liquidity in the resale market. Nonrated securities are usually not as attractive to as many buyers as rated securities are, a factor that may make nonrated securities less marketable. These factors may have the effect of limiting the availability of the securities for purchase by the funds and may also limit the ability of the funds to sell such securities at their fair value, either to meet redemption requests or in response to changes in the economy or the financial markets.

Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of lower-rated debt securities, especially in a thinly traded market. To the extent the funds own or may acquire illiquid or restricted lower-rated securities, these securities may involve special registration responsibilities, liabilities, costs, and liquidity and valuation difficulties. Changes in values of debt securities that the funds own will affect the net asset value per share. If market quotations are not readily available for the funds’ lower-rated or nonrated securities, these securities will be valued by a method that the funds’ Valuation Designee (as defined below) believes accurately reflects fair value. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing lower-rated debt securities than with respect to securities for which more external sources of quotations and last sale information are available.

· Taxation Special tax considerations are associated with investing in lower-rated debt securities structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities. The funds accrue income on these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Similar requirements may apply to bonds purchased with market discount. The funds must distribute substantially all of their income to their shareholders to qualify for pass-through treatment under the tax laws and may, therefore, have to dispose of portfolio securities to satisfy distribution requirements.

Risk Factors of Investing in Municipal Securities

General

Yields on municipal securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including the general conditions of the money market and the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligations, and the credit rating and financial condition of the issuer. Municipal securities with longer maturities tend to produce higher yields and are generally subject to potentially greater price volatility than municipal securities with shorter maturities and lower yields. A bond trading below par or face value (i.e., at a discount) has a yield higher than its coupon rate, which could mean the bonds will be priced based on time to maturity rather than priced to call thus extending the effective duration of the bond. Also, if bonds are acquired at a certain discount from the time of purchase to maturity, then there could be gains resulting from the discount that

45

are taxable. The market prices of municipal securities usually vary, depending upon available yields. An increase in interest rates will generally reduce the value of municipal bonds and a decline in interest rates will generally increase the value of municipal bonds. The ability of all the funds to achieve their investment objectives is also dependent on the continuing ability of the issuers of municipal securities in which the funds invest to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal when due. The ratings of Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of municipal securities that they undertake to rate. Ratings are not absolute standards of quality; consequently, municipal securities with the same maturity, coupon, and rating may have different yields. There are variations in municipal securities, both within a particular classification and between classifications, depending on numerous factors. Unlike other types of investments, offerings of municipal securities traditionally have not been subject to regulation by, or registration with, the SEC, although there have been proposals that would provide for regulation in the future.

The federal bankruptcy statutes relating to the debts of political subdivisions and authorities of states of the United States provide that, in certain circumstances, such subdivisions or authorities may be authorized to initiate bankruptcy proceedings without prior notice to or consent of creditors, which proceedings could result in material and adverse changes in the rights of holders of their obligations.

Municipal bankruptcies have been rare and certain provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code governing such bankruptcies are unclear. Further, the application of state law to municipal bond issuers could produce varying results among the states or even among municipal bond issuers within a state. The rights of the holders of municipal bond issues, and the enforceability of municipal bond issues (and their associated financing documents), may be subject to, among others: (1) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, in effect now or after the date of the issuance; (2) principles of equity; and (3) the exercise of judicial discretion. The U.S. Bankruptcy Code limits the filing for relief to municipalities that have been specifically authorized to do so under applicable state law, whereas bonds payable exclusively by private entities may be subject to the other provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Further, when a municipality experiences an adverse change in financial condition (including, but not limited to, bankruptcy), the municipality may elect not to repay obligations due to economic or political pressures or other external factors.

Proposals have been introduced in Congress to restrict or eliminate the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal securities, and similar proposals may be introduced in the future. Some of the past proposals would have applied to interest on municipal securities issued before the date of enactment, which would have materially adversely affected their value. If such a proposal were enacted, the availability of municipal securities for investment by the funds and the value of a fund’s portfolio would be affected and, in such an event, the funds would reevaluate their investment objectives and policies. The lowering of income tax rates, including lowering tax rates on dividends and capital gains, could have a negative impact on the desirability of owning municipal securities.

Although the banks and securities dealers with which the funds will transact business will be banks and securities dealers that T. Rowe Price believes to be financially sound, there can be no assurance that they will be able to honor their obligations to the funds with respect to such transactions.

Investments by Unaffiliated Investment Companies

At times, investment companies that are not sponsored by T. Rowe Price may invest in shares of a Price Fund. Such investments are subject to the limits and conditions that apply under the 1940 Act. It is the responsibility of the unaffiliated investment company to notify T. Rowe Price or its affiliates prior to investing in a Price Fund in excess of any applicable limits under the 1940 Act that would necessitate entering into an investment agreement.

Types of Securities

Set forth below is additional information about certain of the investments described in the funds’ prospectuses.

Equity Securities

Common and preferred stocks both represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. Common stock typically entitles the owner to vote on the election of directors and other important matters, while preferred stock does not ordinarily carry

46

voting rights. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred stock, and the owners of preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

Although owners of common stock are typically entitled to receive any dividends on such stock, owners of common stock participate in company profits on a pro-rata basis. Profits may be paid out in dividends or reinvested in the company to help it grow. Because increases and decreases in earnings are usually reflected in a company’s stock price, common stocks generally have the greatest appreciation and depreciation potential of all corporate securities.

Preferred stock, unlike common stock, often has a stated dividend rate payable from the corporation’s earnings. Preferred stock dividends may be cumulative or noncumulative, participating or nonparticipating, or adjustable rate. Cumulative dividend provisions require all or a portion of prior unpaid dividends to be paid before dividends can be paid to the issuer’s common stock, while a passed dividend on noncumulative preferred stock is generally gone forever. Participating preferred stock may be entitled to a dividend exceeding the declared dividend in certain cases, while nonparticipating preferred stock is limited to the stipulated dividend. Adjustable rate preferred stock pays a dividend that is adjustable, usually quarterly, based on changes in certain interest rates. Convertible preferred stock is exchangeable for a specified number of common stock shares and is typically more volatile than nonconvertible preferred stock, which tends to behave more like a bond.

The funds may make equity investments in companies through initial public offerings and by entering into privately negotiated transactions involving equity securities that are not yet publicly traded on a stock exchange. Stocks may also be purchased on a “when issued” basis, which is used to refer to a security that has not yet been issued but that will be issued in the future. The term may be used for new stocks and stocks that have split but have not yet started trading.

The market prices of equity securities owned by the fund may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. The value of a security may decline for a number of reasons that may directly relate to the issuer and also may decline due to general industry or market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time. Stocks of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies. Stocks of companies that the portfolio managers believe are fast-growing may trade at a higher multiple of current earnings than other stocks. The value of such stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks.

Debt Securities

· U.S. Government Obligations Bills, notes, bonds, and other debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. These are direct obligations of the U.S. government and differ mainly in the length of their maturities. U.S. Treasury obligations may also include, among other things, the separately traded principal and interest components of securities guaranteed or issued by the U.S. Treasury if such components are traded independently under the Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities program (STRIPS), as well as Treasury inflation protected securities (TIPS) whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation.

· U.S. Government Agency Securities Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises and federal agencies. These include securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), GNMA, Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Land Banks, Farmers Home Administration, Banks for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Financing Bank, Farm Credit Banks, the Small Business Association, and the Tennessee Valley Authority. Some of these securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; the remainder are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality, which may or may not include the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury. These may also include securities issued by eligible private institutions that are guaranteed by certain U.S. government agencies under authorized programs.

· Bank Obligations Certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances, and other short-term debt obligations. Certificates of deposit are short-term obligations of commercial banks. A banker’s acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with international commercial transactions. Certificates of deposit may have fixed or variable rates. The funds may invest in U.S. banks, foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks, and foreign branches of foreign banks.

· Savings and Loan Obligations Negotiable certificates of deposit and other short-term debt obligations of savings and loan associations.

47

· Supranational Agencies Securities of certain supranational entities, such as the International Development Bank.

· Corporate Debt Securities Outstanding corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures). Corporate notes may have fixed, variable, or floating rates.

· Short-Term Corporate Debt Securities Outstanding nonconvertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) that have one year or less remaining to maturity. Corporate notes may have fixed, variable, or floating rates.

· Commercial Paper and Commercial Notes Short-term promissory notes issued by corporations primarily to finance short-term credit needs. Certain notes may have floating or variable rates and may contain options, exercisable by either the buyer or the seller, that extend or shorten the maturity of the note.

· Foreign Government Securities Issued or guaranteed by a foreign government, province, instrumentality, political subdivision, or similar unit thereof.

· Funding Agreements Obligations of indebtedness negotiated privately between the funds and an insurance company. Often such instruments will have maturities with unconditional put features, exercisable by the funds, requiring return of principal within one year or less.

There are other types of securities that are or may become available that are similar to the foregoing, and the funds may invest in these securities.

Rights and Warrants

Rights and warrants can be highly volatile and have no voting rights, pay no dividends, and have no rights with respect to the assets of the corporation issuing them. Warrants generally entitle, but do not obligate, their holder to purchase other equity or fixed income securities at a specified price at a later date. Rights are similar to warrants but typically have a shorter duration and are issued by a company to existing holders of its stock to provide those holders the right to purchase additional shares of stock at a later date. Additionally, a warrant or right ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. As a result, warrants and rights may be considered more speculative than certain other types of investments. Rights and warrants differ from call options in that they are issued by the issuer of the security that may be purchased on their exercise, whereas call options may be written or issued by anyone. The prices of rights and warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying securities.

There are, of course, other types of securities that are or may become available that are similar to the foregoing, and the funds may invest in these securities.

Mortgage-Related Securities

· Mortgage-Backed Securities Mortgage-backed securities are securities representing an interest in a pool of mortgages. The mortgages may be of a variety of types, including adjustable rate, conventional 30-year and 15-year fixed rate, and graduated payment mortgages. Principal and interest payments made on the mortgages in the underlying mortgage pool are passed through to the funds. This is in contrast to traditional bonds where principal is normally paid back at maturity in a lump sum. Unscheduled prepayments of principal shorten the securities’ weighted average life and may lower their total return. (When a mortgage in the underlying mortgage pool is prepaid, an unscheduled principal prepayment is passed through to the funds. This principal is returned to the funds at par. As a result, if a mortgage security were trading at a premium, its total return would be lowered by prepayments, and if a mortgage security were trading at a discount, its total return would be increased by prepayments.) The value of these securities also may change because of changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the federal agency that issued them or a downturn in housing prices. In addition, the mortgage securities market in general may be adversely affected by changes in governmental regulation or tax policies.

· U.S. Government Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities These are obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, such as GNMA, FNMA, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), and the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (FAMC). FNMA, FHLMC, and FAMC obligations are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government as GNMA certificates are, but they are supported by the instrumentality’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury. On September 7, 2008, FNMA and FHLMC were placed under conservatorship of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, an independent federal agency. U.S. Government Agency Mortgage-Backed Certificates provide for the pass-through to investors of their pro-rata share of monthly payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the

48

servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC, and FAMC each guarantee timely distributions of interest to certificate holders. GNMA and FNMA guarantee timely distributions of scheduled principal. FHLMC has in the past guaranteed only the ultimate collection of principal of the underlying mortgage loan; however, FHLMC now issues mortgage-backed securities (FHLMC Gold PCS), which also guarantee timely payment of monthly principal reductions.

· GNMA Certificates GNMA is a wholly owned corporate instrumentality of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The National Housing Act of 1934, as amended (Housing Act), authorizes GNMA to guarantee the timely payment of the principal of, and interest on, certificates that are based on and backed by a pool of mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration under the Housing Act, or Title V of the American Housing Act of 1949, or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs under the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended, or by pools of other eligible mortgage loans. The Housing Act provides that the full faith and credit of the U.S. government is pledged to the payment of all amounts that may be required to be paid under any guaranty. In order to meet its obligations under such guaranty, GNMA is authorized to borrow from the U.S. Treasury with no limitations as to amount.

· FNMA Certificates FNMA is a federally chartered and privately owned corporation organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act of 1938. FNMA certificates represent a pro-rata interest in a group of mortgage loans purchased by FNMA. FNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on the securities it issues. The obligations of FNMA are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

· FHLMC Certificates FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the United States created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended. FHLMC certificates represent a pro-rata interest in a group of mortgage loans purchased by FHLMC. FHLMC guarantees timely payment of interest and principal on certain securities it issues and timely payment of interest and eventual payment of principal on other securities it issues. The obligations of FHLMC are obligations solely of FHLMC and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

· FAMC Certificates FAMC is a federally chartered instrumentality of the United States established by Title VIII of the Farm Credit Act of 1971, as amended. FAMC was chartered primarily to attract new capital for financing of agricultural real estate by making a secondary market in certain qualified agricultural real estate loans. FAMC provides guarantees of timely payment of principal and interest on securities representing interests in, or obligations backed by, pools of mortgages secured by first liens on agricultural real estate. Similar to FNMA and FHLMC, FAMC certificates are not supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government; rather, FAMC may borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet its guaranty obligations.

As discussed above, prepayments on the underlying mortgages and their effect upon the rate of return of a mortgage-backed security is the principal investment risk for a purchaser of such securities, like the funds. Over time, any pool of mortgages will experience prepayments due to a variety of factors, including (1) sales of the underlying homes (including foreclosures), (2) refinancings of the underlying mortgages, and (3) increased amortization by the mortgagee. These factors, in turn, depend upon general economic factors, such as level of interest rates and economic growth. Thus, investors normally expect prepayment rates to increase during periods of strong economic growth or declining interest rates and to decrease in recessions and rising interest rate environments. Accordingly, the life of the mortgage-backed security is likely to be substantially shorter than the stated maturity of the mortgages in the underlying pool. Because of such variation in prepayment rates, it is not possible to predict the life of a particular mortgage-backed security, but FHA statistics indicate that 25- to 30-year single family dwelling mortgages have an average life of approximately 12 years. The majority of GNMA certificates are backed by mortgages of this type, and, accordingly, the generally accepted practice treats GNMA certificates as 30-year securities that prepay in full in the 12th year. FNMA and FHLMC certificates may have differing prepayment characteristics.

Fixed rate mortgage-backed securities bear a stated “coupon rate” that represents the effective mortgage rate at the time of issuance, less certain fees to GNMA, FNMA, and FHLMC for providing the guarantee and the issuer for assembling the pool and for passing through monthly payments of interest and principal.

Payments to holders of mortgage-backed securities consist of the monthly distributions of interest and principal less the applicable fees. The actual yield to be earned by a holder of mortgage-backed securities is calculated by dividing interest payments by the purchase price paid for the mortgage-backed securities (which may be at a premium to or a discount from the face value of the certificate).

Monthly distributions of interest, as contrasted to semiannual distributions that are common for other fixed interest investments, have the effect of compounding and thereby raising the effective annual yield earned on mortgage-backed securities. Because of the variation in the life of the pools of mortgages that back various mortgage-backed securities, and

49

because it is impossible to anticipate the rate of interest at which future principal payments may be reinvested, the actual yield earned from a portfolio of mortgage-backed securities will differ significantly from the yield estimated by using an assumption of a certain life for each mortgage-backed security included in such a portfolio as described above.

· Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (CMBS) These are securities created from a pool of commercial mortgage loans, such as loans for hotels, restaurants, shopping centers, office buildings, and apartment buildings. Interest and principal payments from the underlying loans are passed through to the funds according to a schedule of payments. CMBS are structured similarly to mortgage-backed securities in that both are backed by mortgage payments. However, CMBS involve loans related to commercial property, whereas mortgage-backed securities are based on loans relating to residential property. Because commercial mortgages tend to be structured with prepayment penalties, CMBS generally carry less prepayment risk than loans backed by residential mortgages. Credit quality depends primarily on the quality of the loans themselves and on the structure of the particular deal. However, the value of these securities may change because of actual or perceived changes in the creditworthiness of the individual borrowers, their tenants, and servicing agents or due to deterioration in the general state of commercial real estate or overall economic conditions.

· Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs) CMOs are bonds that are collateralized by whole-loan mortgages or mortgage pass-through securities. The bonds issued in a CMO deal are divided into groups, and each group of bonds is referred to as a “tranche.” Under the traditional CMO structure, the cash flows generated by the mortgages or mortgage pass-through securities in the collateral pool are used to first pay interest and then pay principal to the CMO bondholders. The bonds issued under such a CMO structure are retired sequentially as opposed to the pro-rata return of principal found in traditional pass-through obligations. Subject to the various provisions of individual CMO issues, the cash flow generated by the underlying collateral (to the extent it exceeds the amount required to pay the stated interest) is used to retire the bonds. Under the CMO structure, the repayment of principal among the different tranches is prioritized in accordance with the terms of the particular CMO issuance. The “fastest pay” tranche of bonds, as specified in the prospectus for the issuance, would initially receive all principal payments. When that tranche of bonds is retired, the next tranche, or tranches, in the sequence, as specified in the prospectus, receive all of the principal payments until they are retired. The sequential retirement of bond groups continues until the last tranche, or group of bonds, is retired. Accordingly, the CMO structure allows the issuer to use cash flows of long maturity, monthly pay collateral to formulate securities with short, intermediate, and long final maturities and expected average lives.

New types of CMO tranches continue to evolve, such as floating rate CMOs, planned amortization classes, accrual bonds, and CMO residuals. Some newer structures could affect the amount and timing of principal and interest received by each tranche from the underlying collateral. Under certain structures, given classes of CMOs have priority over others with respect to the receipt of prepayments on the mortgages. Therefore, depending on the type of CMOs in which the funds invest, the investment may be subject to a greater or lesser risk of prepayment than other types of mortgage-related securities.

The primary risk of any mortgage security is the uncertainty of the timing of cash flows. For CMOs, the primary risk results from the rate of prepayments on the underlying mortgages serving as collateral and from the structure of the deal (priority of the individual tranches). An increase or decrease in prepayment rates (resulting from a decrease or increase in mortgage interest rates) will affect the yield, average life, and price of CMOs. The prices of certain CMOs, depending on their structure and the rate of prepayments, can be volatile. Some CMOs may also not be as liquid as other securities.

· U.S. Government Agency Multi-class Pass-Through Securities Unlike CMOs, U.S. government agency multi-class pass-through securities, which include FNMA guaranteed real estate mortgage investment conduit pass-through certificates and FHLMC multi-class mortgage participation certificates, are ownership interests in a pool of mortgage assets. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include multi-class pass-through securities.

· Multi-class Residential Mortgage Securities Such securities represent interests in pools of mortgage loans to residential home buyers made by commercial banks, savings and loan associations, or other financial institutions. Unlike GNMA, FNMA, and FHLMC securities, the payment of principal and interest on multi-class residential mortgage securities is not guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies. Accordingly, yields on multi-class residential mortgage securities historically have been higher than the yields on U.S. government mortgage securities. However, the risk of loss due to default on such instruments is higher since they are not guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies. Additionally, pools of such securities may be divided into senior or subordinated segments. Although subordinated mortgage securities may have a higher yield than senior mortgage securities, the risk of loss of principal is greater because losses on the underlying mortgage loans must be borne by persons holding subordinated securities before those holding senior mortgage securities.

50

· Privately Issued Mortgage-Backed Certificates These are pass-through certificates issued by nongovernmental issuers. Pools of conventional residential or commercial mortgage loans created by such issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment. Timely payment of interest and principal of these pools is, however, generally supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool, and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurance, or the mortgage poolers. Such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof will be considered in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets the funds’ quality standards. The funds may buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees if, through an examination of the loan experience and practices of the poolers, the adviser determines that the securities meet the funds’ quality standards.

· Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities These instruments represent interests in a pool of mortgages, the cash flow of which has been separated into its interest and principal components. Interest-only securities (IOs) receive the interest portion of the cash flow while principal-only securities (POs) receive the principal portion. IOs and POs are usually structured as tranches of a CMO. Stripped mortgage-backed securities may be issued by U.S. government agencies or by private issuers similar to those described above with respect to CMOs and privately issued mortgage-backed certificates. As interest rates rise and fall, the value of IOs tends to move in the same direction as interest rates. The value of the PO, as with other mortgage-backed securities described herein, and other debt instruments, will tend to move in the opposite direction compared with interest rates. Under the Code, POs may generate taxable income from the current accrual of original issue discount without a corresponding distribution of cash to the funds.

The cash flows and yields on IO and PO classes are extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. In the case of IOs, prepayments affect the amount of cash flows provided to the investor. In contrast, prepayments on the mortgage pool affect the timing of cash flows received by investors in POs. For example, a rapid or slow rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the prices of IOs or POs, respectively. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater-than-anticipated prepayments of principal, investors may fail to fully recoup their initial investment in an IO class of a stripped mortgage-backed security, even if the IO class is rated AAA or Aaa or is derived from a full faith and credit obligation. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience slower-than-anticipated prepayments of principal, the price on a PO class will be affected more severely than would be the case with a traditional mortgage-backed security.

· ARMs ARMs, like fixed rate mortgages, have a specified maturity date, and the principal amount of the mortgage is repaid over the life of the mortgage. Unlike fixed rate mortgages, the interest rate on ARMs is adjusted at regular intervals based on a specified, published interest rate “index” such as a Treasury rate index. The new rate is determined by adding a specific interest amount, the “margin,” to the interest rate of the index. Investment in ARMs allows the funds to participate in changing interest rate levels through regular adjustments in the coupons of the underlying mortgages, resulting in more variable current income and lower price volatility than longer-term fixed rate mortgage securities. ARMs are a less effective means of locking in long-term rates than fixed rate mortgages since the income from adjustable rate mortgages will increase during periods of rising interest rates and decline during periods of falling rates.

· TBAs and Dollar Rolls Funds that purchase or sell mortgage-backed securities may choose to purchase or sell certain mortgage-backed securities on a delayed delivery or forward commitment basis through the to be announced (TBA) market. With TBA transactions, the fund would enter into a commitment to either purchase or sell mortgage-backed securities for a fixed price, with payment and delivery at a scheduled future date beyond the customary settlement period for mortgage-backed securities. These transactions are considered TBA because the fund commits to buy a pool of mortgages that have yet to be specifically identified but will meet certain standardized parameters (such as yield, duration, and credit quality) and contain similar loan characteristics. For either purchase or sale transactions, a fund may choose to extend the settlement through a “dollar roll” transaction in which it sells mortgage-backed securities to a dealer and simultaneously agrees to purchase substantially similar securities in the future at a predetermined price. These transactions have the potential to enhance the fund’s returns and reduce its administrative burdens when compared with holding mortgage-backed securities directly, although these transactions will increase the fund’s portfolio turnover rate. During the roll period, the fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the securities. However, the fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sale price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale.

51

Although TBA securities must meet industry-accepted “good delivery” standards, there can be no assurance that a security purchased on a forward commitment basis will ultimately be issued or delivered by the counterparty. During the settlement period, the fund will still bear the risk of any decline in the value of the security to be delivered. Dollar roll transactions involve the simultaneous purchase and sale of substantially similar TBA securities for different settlement dates. Because these transactions do not require the purchase and sale of identical securities, the characteristics of the security delivered to the fund may be less favorable than the security delivered to the dealer.

· Other Mortgage-Related Securities Governmental, government-related, or private entities may create mortgage loan pools offering pass-through investments in addition to those described above. The mortgages underlying these securities may be alternative mortgage instruments, that is, mortgage instruments whose principal or interest payments may vary or whose terms to maturity may differ from customary long-term fixed rate mortgages. As new types of mortgage-related securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the funds’ objectives, policies, and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of securities.

Asset-Backed Securities

Background Asset-backed securities (ABS) transactions are backed by a variety of asset types, including auto loans and credit card receivables, home equity loans, student loans, equipment leases, stranded utility costs, and collateralized bond/loan obligations. For investors, securitization typically provides an opportunity to invest in high-quality securities with higher credit ratings and less downgrade/event risk than corporate bonds. Unlike mortgages, prepayments on ABS collateral are less sensitive to changes in interest rates. They can also be structured into classes that meet the market’s demand for various maturities and credit quality.

Structure ABS are bonds that represent an ownership interest in a pool of receivables sold by originators into a special purpose vehicle (SPV). The collateral types can vary, as long as they are secured by homogeneous assets with relatively predictable cash flows. Assets that are transferred through a sale to an SPV are legally separated from those of the seller/servicer, which insulates investors from bankruptcy or other event risk associated with the seller/servicer of those assets. Most senior tranches of ABS are structured to a AAA rated level through credit enhancement; however, ABS credit ratings range from AAA to non-investment grade. Many ABS transactions are structured to include payout events/performance triggers, which provide added protection against deteriorating credit quality.

ABS structures are generally categorized by two distinct types of collateral. Amortizing assets (such as home equity loans, auto loans, and equipment leases) typically pass through principal and interest payments directly to investors, while revolving assets (such as credit card receivables, home equity lines of credit, and dealer floor-plan loans) typically reinvest principal and interest payments in new collateral for a specified period of time. The majority of amortizing transactions are structured as straight sequential-pay transactions. In these structures, all principal amortization and prepayments are directed to the shortest maturity class until it is retired, then to the next shortest class, and so on. The majority of revolving assets are structured as bullets, whereby investors receive periodic interest payments and only one final payment of principal at maturity.

Underlying Assets The asset-backed securities that may be purchased include securities backed by pools of mortgage-related receivables known as home equity loans, or of consumer receivables such as automobile loans or credit card loans. Other types of ABS may also be purchased. The credit quality of most asset-backed securities depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the securities is insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated entities, and the amount and quality of any credit support provided to the securities. The rate of principal payment on asset-backed securities generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying assets, which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other factors. As a result, the yield and return on any asset-backed security is difficult to predict with precision, and actual return or yield to maturity may be more or less than the anticipated return or yield to maturity.

Methods of Allocating Cash Flows While some asset-backed securities are issued with only one class of security, many asset-backed securities are issued in more than one class, each with different payment terms. Multiple-class asset-backed securities are issued for two main reasons. First, multiple classes may be used as a method of providing credit support. This is accomplished typically through creation of one or more classes whose right to payments on the asset-backed security is made subordinate to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes. Second, multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment terms, interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of each other and from those of the underlying assets. Asset-backed securities in which the payment streams on the underlying assets are

52

allocated in a manner different than those described above may be issued in the future. The funds may invest in such asset-backed securities if the investment is otherwise consistent with the fund’s investment objectives, policies, and restrictions.

Types of Credit Support Asset-backed securities are typically backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a diversified pool of numerous obligors. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on the ability of underlying assets to make payments, such securities may contain elements of credit support. Such credit support falls into two classes: liquidity protection and protection against ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that scheduled payments on the underlying pool are made in a timely fashion. Protection against ultimate default ensures ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies, or letters of credit obtained from third parties (external credit enhancement), through various means of structuring the transaction (internal credit enhancement), or through a combination of such approaches. Examples of asset-backed securities with credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include:

· Excess Spread Typically, the first layer of protection against losses, equal to the cash flow from the underlying receivables remaining after deducting the sum of the investor coupon, servicing fees, and losses.

· Subordination Interest and principal that would have otherwise been distributed to a subordinate class is used to support the more senior classes. This feature is intended to enhance the likelihood that the holder of the senior class certificate will receive regular payments of interest and principal. Subordinate classes have a greater risk of loss than senior classes.

· Reserve Funds Cash that is deposited and/or captured in a designated account that may be used to cover any shortfalls in principal, interest, or servicing fees.

· Overcollateralization A form of credit enhancement whereby the principal amount of collateral used to secure a given transaction exceeds the principal of the securities issued. Overcollateralization can be created at the time of issuance or may build over time.

· Surety Bonds Typically consist of third-party guarantees to irrevocably and unconditionally make timely payments of interest and ultimate repayment of principal in the event there are insufficient cash flows from the underlying collateral.

The degree of credit support provided on each issue is based generally on historical information regarding the level of credit risk associated with such payments. Depending upon the type of assets securitized, historical information on credit risk and prepayment rates may be limited or even unavailable. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in an asset-backed security. There is no guarantee that the amount of any type of credit enhancement available will be sufficient to protect against future losses on the underlying collateral.

Some of the specific types of ABS that the funds may invest in include the following:

· Collateralized Bond or Loan Obligations Collateralized bond obligations (CBOs) are asset-backed securities collateralized by corporate bonds, mortgages, or pools of asset-backed securities. Collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) are asset-backed securities collateralized by pools of bank loans. CBOs and CLOs are structured into tranches, and payments are allocated such that each tranche has a predictable cash flow stream and average life. Most CBOs tend to be collateralized by high yield bonds or loans, with heavy credit enhancement.

· Home Equity Loans These ABS typically are backed by pools of mortgage loans made to subprime borrowers or borrowers with blemished credit histories. The underwriting standards for these loans are more flexible than the standards generally used by banks for borrowers with unblemished credit histories with regard to the borrower’s credit standing and repayment ability. Borrowers who qualify generally have impaired credit histories, which may include a record of major derogatory credit items such as outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies. In addition, they may not have the documentation required to qualify for a standard mortgage loan.

As a result, the mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are likely to experience rates of delinquency, foreclosure, and bankruptcy that are higher, and that may be substantially higher, than those experienced by mortgage loans underwritten in a more traditional manner. Furthermore, changes in the values of the mortgaged properties, as well as changes in interest rates, may have a greater effect on the delinquency, foreclosure, bankruptcy, and loss experience of the mortgage loans in the mortgage pool than on mortgage loans originated in a more traditional manner.

With respect to first-lien mortgage loans, the underwriting standards do not prohibit a mortgagor from obtaining, at the time of origination of the originator’s first-lien mortgage loan, additional financing that is subordinate to that first-lien mortgage loan,

53

which subordinate financing would reduce the equity the mortgagor would otherwise appear to have in the related mortgaged property as indicated in the loan-to-value ratio.

Yield and Reinvestment Could Be Adversely Affected by Unpredictability of Prepayments

No one can accurately predict the level of prepayments that an asset-backed mortgage pool may experience. Factors that influence prepayment behavior include general economic conditions, the level of prevailing interest rates, the availability of alternative financing, the applicability of prepayment charges, and homeowner mobility. Reinvestment risk results from a faster or slower rate of principal payments than expected. A rising interest rate environment and the resulting slowing of prepayments could result in greater volatility of these securities. A falling interest rate environment and the resulting increase in prepayments could require reinvestment in lower-yielding securities.

· Credit Card-Backed Securities These ABS are backed by revolving pools of credit card receivables. Due to the revolving nature of these assets, the credit quality could change over time. Unlike most other asset-backed securities, credit card receivables are unsecured obligations of the cardholder, and payments by cardholders are the primary source of payment on these securities. The revolving nature of these card accounts generally provides for monthly payments to the trust. In order to issue securities with longer-dated maturities, most credit card-backed securities are issued with an initial “revolving” period during which collections are reinvested in new receivables. The revolving period may be shortened upon the occurrence of specified events, which may signal a potential deterioration in the quality of the assets backing the security.

· Automobile Loans These ABS are backed by receivables from motor vehicle installment sales contracts or installment loans secured by motor vehicles. These securities are primarily discrete pools of assets that pay down over the life of the ABS. The securities are not obligations of the seller of the vehicle or servicer of the loans. The primary source of funds for payments on the securities comes from payment on the underlying trust receivables as well as from credit support.

Inflation-Linked Securities

Inflation-linked securities are income-generating instruments whose interest and principal payments are periodically adjusted for inflation, which measures a sustained increase in prices of goods and services in an economy that erodes the purchasing power of a currency over time. TIPS are inflation-linked securities issued by the U.S. government. Inflation-linked bonds are also issued by corporations, U.S. government agencies, states, and foreign countries. The inflation adjustment, which is typically applied monthly to the principal of the bond, follows a designated inflation index, such as the consumer price index. A fixed coupon rate is applied to the inflation-adjusted principal so that as inflation rises, both the principal value and the interest payments increase. This can provide investors with a hedge against inflation, as it helps preserve the purchasing power of the investment. Because of this inflation-adjustment feature, inflation-linked bonds typically have lower yields than conventional fixed rate bonds. Municipal inflation bonds generally have a fixed principal amount, and the inflation component is reflected in the nominal coupon.

Inflation-linked bonds normally decline in price when real interest rates rise. (A real interest rate is calculated by subtracting the inflation rate from a nominal interest rate. For example, if a 10-year U.S. Treasury note is yielding 5% and the rate of inflation is 2%, the real interest rate is 3%.) If inflation is negative, the principal and income of an inflation-linked bond normally will decline and could result in losses for the fund. Funds that invest in inflation-linked securities do not always move in lockstep with changes in the inflation rate because they do not necessarily buy inflation-linked securities when they are originally issued or hold them until maturity. In addition, there is no assurance that the consumer price index or other inflation index used to determine inflation adjustments will accurately measure the real rate of inflation.

Inflation adjustments on TIPS that exceed deflation adjustments for the year will be distributed by a fund as ordinary income to shareholders. Net deflation adjustments for a year could result in all or a portion of dividends paid earlier in the year by a fund being treated as a return of capital. The accrual of inflation or deflation adjustments could significantly impact the current level of dividends actually paid to shareholders of a fund that invests heavily in inflation-linked securities.

Loan Participations and Assignments

Loan participations and assignments (collectively, “participations”) will typically be participating interests in loans made by a syndicate of banks, represented by an agent bank that has negotiated and structured the loan. The borrower are typically corporate borrowers seeking to finance internal growth, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, leveraged buyouts, or other corporate activities. Such loans may also have been made to governmental borrowers as borrowers, especially governments of developing countries, which are referred to as loans to developing countries debt (LDC debt). LDC debt will involve a

54

higher risk that the entity responsible for the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to meet its obligations when they become due.

The loans underlying such participations may be secured or unsecured, and the funds may invest in loans collateralized by mortgages on real property or that have no collateral. The loan participations themselves may extend for the entire term of the loan or may extend only for short “strips” that correspond to a quarterly or monthly floating rate interest period on the underlying loan. Thus, a term or revolving credit that extends for several years may be subdivided into shorter periods. Some of the funds may invest in fixed and floating rate loans. Loans may include senior floating rate loans; secured and unsecured loans, second lien or more junior loans; and bridge loans or bridge facilities.

Loans may be acquired by direct investment as a lender at the inception of the loan, by assignment of a portion of a loan previously made to a different lender, or by purchase of a participation interest – each of which is pursuant to a contractual arrangement. In an assignment, lenders may assign (a) both the lender’s rights and obligations; (b) only its right to receive payments of principal and interest; or (c) part of its rights to receive payments. Partial assignments, known as “participating interests,” do not shift the debtor-creditor relationship to the assignee, who must rely on the original lending institution to collect sums due and to otherwise enforce its rights against the agent bank that administers the loan or against the underlying borrower. If a fund makes a direct investment in a loan as one of the lenders, it generally acquires the loan at par. This means the fund receives a return at the full interest rate for the loan. As an originator, the fund may have more control in structuring the loan, enforcing compliance, or exercising voting/consent rights than if the fund purchases as an assignment or participating interest. If the fund acquires its interest in loans in the secondary market or acquires a participation interest, the loans may be purchased or sold above, at, or below par, which can result in a yield that is below, equal to, or above the stated interest rate of the loan.

If the funds purchase a participation interest in another lender’s loan, as opposed to acquiring a loan directly from a lender or through an agent or as an assignment from another lender, the funds will treat both the corporate borrower and the bank selling the participation interest as an issuer for purposes of its fundamental investment restriction on diversification.

In the process of buying, selling and holding loans, a fund may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When a fund buys or sells a loan it may pay a fee. In certain circumstances, a fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon prepayment of a loan. Various service fees received by the funds from loan participations may be treated as non-interest income depending on the nature of the fee (commitment, takedown, commission, service, or loan origination). To the extent the service fees are not interest income, they will not qualify as income under Section 851(b) of the Code. Thus, the sum of such fees plus any other nonqualifying income earned by the funds cannot exceed 10% of total income.

The Price Advisers will generally choose not to receive material nonpublic information about the issuers of loans who also issue publicly traded securities that a Price Fund owns or may want to own. As a result, the Price Advisers may have less information than other investors about certain of the loans in which they invest or seek to invest on behalf of the Price Funds or other client accounts. In some circumstances, the Price Advisers may receive material nonpublic information about an issuer as a result of a Price Fund’s ownership of a loan involving that issuer. In these situations, a fund may be unable to enter into a transaction in a publicly traded security issued by that borrower when it would otherwise be advantageous to do so due to prohibitions on trading in securities of issuers while in possession of material nonpublic information. Unlike registered securities, such as most stocks and bonds, loans are not registered or regulated under the federal securities laws. As a result, investors in loans have less protection against fraud and other improper practices than investors in registered securities because investors in loans (such as the funds) may not be entitled to rely on the protections of the federal securities laws.

· Covenant-Lite Loans Some of the loans in which a fund may invest or get exposure to through its investments in CDOs, CLOs or other types of structured securities may be “covenant-lite” loans, which means the loans contain fewer maintenance covenants than other loans (in some cases, none) and do not include terms which allow the lender to monitor the performance of the borrower and declare a default if certain criteria are breached. An investment by a fund in a covenant-lite loan may potentially hinder the ability to reprice credit risk associated with the issuer and reduce the ability to restructure a problematic loan and mitigate potential loss. A fund may also experience delays in enforcing its rights on its holdings of covenant-lite loans. As a result of these risks, a fund’s exposure to losses may be increased, which could result in an adverse impact on the fund’s net income and NAV.

55

· Delayed Draw Loan and Revolver A delayed draw term (or delayed funding) loan is a type of loan where a borrower can request additional funds after the initial draw period has come to an end. The withdrawal periods and loan amounts are determined in advance. There is generally a ticking fee paid from the borrower to the lender on undrawn portions of the loan.

Revolvers are a form of senior bank debt, where the borrower can draw down the credit of the revolver when it needs cash and repays the credit when the borrower has excess cash. One substantive difference between a delayed draw term loan and revolver is that under a revolver, the borrower would be able to pay off its liability to the fund and then re-borrow again the same amount in the future. Revolvers have maturity dates at which point the borrower can no longer draw on the line of credit and must repay any outstanding obligations.

Loans are subject to the risks associated with debt obligations in general including interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk as well as high yield securities risk, liquidity risk (as loans may be illiquid), and regulatory risk. Additional risks include:

· Collateral and Subordination Risk With respect to loans that are secured, a fund is subject to the risk that collateral securing the loan will decline in value or have no value or that the fund’s lien is or will become junior in payment to other liens. A decline in value of the collateral, whether as a result of market value declines, bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the loan to be under collateralized or unsecured. In such event, the fund may have the ability to require that the borrower pledge additional collateral. The fund, however, is subject to the risk that the borrower may not pledge such additional collateral or a sufficient amount of collateral. In some cases (for example, in the case of non-recourse loans), there may be no formal requirement for the borrower to pledge additional collateral. In addition, collateral may consist of assets that may not be readily liquidated, and there is no assurance that the liquidation of such assets would satisfy a borrower’s obligation on a loan. If the fund were unable to obtain sufficient proceeds upon a liquidation of such assets, this could negatively affect fund performance.

· Information Risk There is typically less publicly available information concerning loans than other types of fixed income investments. As a result, a fund generally will be dependent on reports and other information provided by the borrower, either directly or through an agent, to evaluate the borrower’s creditworthiness or to determine the borrower’s compliance with the covenants and other terms of the loan agreement. Such reliance may make investments in loans more susceptible to fraud than other types of investments. In addition, because the investment adviser may wish to invest in the publicly traded securities of a borrower, it may not have access to material non-public information regarding the borrower to which other loan investors have access.

· Agent Risk Selling lenders, agents and other entities who may be positioned between a fund and the borrower may (1) be impacted by economic, political, regulatory events affecting the banking, finance, and financial industry more than other types of investments or (2) become insolvent, enter into an FDIC receivership, or bankruptcy. In these events, the fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest if assets or interests held by the agent, lender or other party positioned between the fund and the borrower are determined to be subject to the claims of the agent’s, lender’s or such other party’s creditors.

· Inventory Risk Affiliates of Price Advisers may participate in the primary and secondary market for loans. Because of limitations imposed by applicable law, the presence of the affiliates in the loan market may restrict a fund’s ability to acquire some loans, affect the timing of such acquisition or affect the price at which the loan is acquired.

Zero-Coupon and Pay-in-Kind Bonds

A zero-coupon security has no cash coupon payments. Instead, the issuer sells the security at a substantial discount to its maturity value. The interest received by the investor from holding this security to maturity is the difference between the maturity value and the purchase price. The advantage to the investor is that reinvestment risk of the income received during the life of the bond is eliminated. However, zero-coupon bonds, like other bonds, retain interest rate and credit risk and usually display more price volatility than those securities that pay a cash coupon.

Pay-in-kind (PIK) instruments are securities that pay interest in either cash or additional securities, at the issuer’s option, for a specified period. PIKs, like zero-coupon bonds, are designed to give an issuer flexibility in managing cash flow. PIK bonds can be either senior or subordinated debt and trade flat (i.e., without accrued interest). The price of PIK bonds is expected to

56

reflect the market value of the underlying debt plus an amount representing accrued interest since the last payment. PIKs are usually less volatile than zero-coupon bonds but more volatile than cash pay securities.

For federal income tax purposes, these types of bonds will require the recognition of gross income each year even though no cash may be paid to the funds until the maturity or call date of the bond. Similar requirements may apply to bonds purchased with market discount. The funds will nonetheless be required to distribute substantially all of this gross income each year to comply with the Code, and such distributions could reduce the amount of cash available for investment by the funds.

Trade Claims

Trade claims are non-securitized rights of payment arising from obligations other than borrowed funds. Trade claims typically arise when, in the ordinary course of business, vendors and suppliers extend credit to a company by offering payment terms. Generally, when a company files for bankruptcy protection, payments on these trade claims cease and the claims are subject to compromise along with the other debts of the company. Trade claims typically are bought and sold at a discount reflecting the degree of uncertainty with respect to the timing and extent of recovery. In addition to the risks otherwise associated with low-quality obligations, trade claims have other risks, including the possibility that the amount of the claim may be disputed by the obligor.

Many vendors are either unwilling or lack the resources to hold their claim through the extended bankruptcy process with an uncertain outcome and timing. Some vendors are also aggressive in establishing reserves against these receivables, so that the sale of the claim at a discount may not result in the recognition of a loss.

Trade claims can represent an attractive investment opportunity because these claims typically are priced at a discount to comparable public securities. This discount is a reflection of a less efficient trading market with lower overall liquidity, a smaller universe of potential buyers, and the risks peculiar to trade claim investing. It is not unusual for trade claims to be priced at a discount to public securities that have an equal or lower priority claim.

As noted above, investing in trade claims does carry some unique risks, which include:

· Establishing the Amount of the Claim Frequently, the supplier’s estimate of its receivable will differ from the customer’s estimate of its payable. Resolution of these differences can result in a reduction in the amount of the claim. This risk can be reduced by only purchasing scheduled claims (claims already listed as liabilities by the debtor) and seeking representations from the seller.

· Defenses to Claims The debtor has a variety of defenses that can be asserted under the bankruptcy code against any claim. Trade claims are subject to these defenses, the most common of which for trade claims relates to preference payments. (Preference payments are all payments made by the debtor during the 90 days prior to the filing. These payments are presumed to have benefited the receiving creditor at the expense of the other creditors. The receiving creditor may be required to return the payment unless it can show the payments were received in the ordinary course of business.) While none of these defenses can result in any additional liability of the purchaser of the trade claim, they can reduce or wipe out the entire purchased claim. This risk can be reduced by seeking representations and indemnification from the seller.

· Documentation/Indemnification Each trade claim purchased requires documentation that must be negotiated between the buyer and seller. This documentation is extremely important since it can protect the purchaser from losses such as those described above. Legal expenses in negotiating a purchase agreement can be fairly high. Additionally, it is important to note that the value of an indemnification depends on the seller’s credit.

· Volatile Pricing Due to Illiquid Market There are only a handful of brokers for trade claims, and the quoted price of these claims can be volatile. Generally, it is expected that trade claims would be considered illiquid investments.

· No Current Yield/Ultimate Recovery Trade claims are almost never entitled to earn interest. As a result, the return on such an investment is very sensitive to the length of the bankruptcy, which is uncertain. Although not unique to trade claims, it is worth noting that the ultimate recovery on the claim is uncertain and there is no way to calculate a conventional yield to maturity on this investment. Additionally, the exit for this investment is a plan of reorganization, which may include the distribution of new securities. The liquidity of these securities may be tied to the liquidity of the original trade claim investment.

· Tax Issue Although the issue is not free from doubt, it is likely that gains from trade claims would not be treated as gains from the sale of securities for federal income tax purposes. As a result, any gains would be considered “nonqualifying” under the Code. The funds may have up to 10% of their gross income (including capital gains) derived from nonqualifying sources.

57

Municipal Securities

Subject to the investment objectives and programs described in the prospectus and the additional investment restrictions described in this SAI, the funds’ portfolios may consist of any combination of the various types of municipal securities described below or other types of municipal securities that may be developed. The amount of the funds’ assets invested in any particular type of municipal security can be expected to vary.

The term “municipal securities” means obligations issued by or on behalf of states, territories, and possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies, and instrumentalities, as well as certain other persons and entities, the interest from which is generally exempt from federal income tax. In determining the tax-exempt status of a municipal security, the funds rely on the opinion of the issuer’s bond counsel at the time of the issuance of the security. However, it is possible this opinion could be overturned, and, as a result, the interest received by the funds from a municipal security assumed to be tax-exempt might not be exempt from federal income tax.

Municipal securities are normally classified by maturity as notes, bonds, or adjustable rate securities. Municipal securities include the following:

· Municipal Notes Municipal notes generally are used to provide short-term operating or capital needs and generally have maturities of one year or less.

· Tax Anticipation Notes Tax anticipation notes are issued to finance working capital needs of municipalities. Generally, they are issued in anticipation of various seasonal tax revenue, such as income, property, use, and business taxes, and are payable from these specific future taxes.

· Revenue Anticipation Notes Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of receipt of revenues, such as sales taxes, toll revenues, or water and sewer charges, that are used to pay off the notes.

· Bond Anticipation Notes Bond anticipation notes are issued to provide interim financing until long-term financing can be arranged. In most cases, the long-term bonds then provide the money for the repayment of the notes.

· Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper Tax-exempt commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a stated maturity of 270 days or less. It is issued by state and local governments or their agencies to finance seasonal working capital needs or as short-term financing in anticipation of longer-term financing.

Municipal bonds, which meet longer-term capital needs and generally have maturities of more than one year when issued, have two principal classifications: general obligation bonds and revenue bonds. Additional categories of potential purchases include municipal lease obligations, prerefunded/escrowed to maturity bonds, private activity bonds, industrial development bonds, and participation interests.

· General Obligation Bonds Issuers of general obligation bonds include states, counties, cities, towns, and special districts. The proceeds of these obligations are used to fund a wide range of public projects, including construction or improvement of schools, public buildings, highways and roads, and general projects not supported by user fees or specifically identified revenues. The basic security behind general obligation bonds is the issuer’s pledge of its full faith and credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt service may be limited or unlimited as to the rate or amount of special assessments. In many cases voter approval is required before an issuer may sell this type of bond.

· Revenue Bonds The principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net revenues derived from a particular facility or enterprise or, in some cases, the proceeds of a special charge or other pledged revenue source. Revenue bonds are issued to finance a wide variety of capital projects, including electric, gas, water, and sewer systems; highways, bridges, and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Revenue bonds are sometimes used to finance various privately operated facilities provided they meet certain tests established for tax-exempt status.

Although the principal security behind these bonds may vary, many provide additional security in the form of a mortgage or debt service reserve fund. Some authorities provide further security in the form of the state’s ability (without obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund. Revenue bonds usually do not require prior voter approval before they may be issued.

· Municipal Lease Obligations Municipal borrowers may also finance capital improvements or purchases with tax-exempt leases. The security for a lease is generally the borrower’s pledge to make annual appropriations for lease payments. The lease payment is treated as an operating expense subject to appropriation risk and not a full faith and credit obligation of the

58

issuer. Lease revenue bonds and other municipal lease obligations are generally considered less secure than a general obligation or revenue bond and often do not include a debt service reserve fund. To the extent such securities are determined to be illiquid, they will be subject to the funds’ limit on illiquid investments. There have also been certain legal challenges to the use of lease revenue bonds in various states.

A lease is not a full faith and credit obligation of the issuer and is usually backed only by the borrowing government’s unsecured pledge to make annual appropriations for lease payments. There have been challenges to the legality of lease financing in numerous states and, from time to time, certain municipalities have considered not appropriating money for lease payments. In deciding whether to purchase a lease obligation, an assessment is made of the financial condition of the borrower, the merits of the project, the level of public support for the project, and the legislative history of lease financing in the state. These securities may have lower overall liquidity than other municipal bonds.

· Prerefunded/Escrowed to Maturity Bonds Certain municipal bonds have been refunded with a later bond issue from the same issuer. The proceeds from the later issue are used to defease the original issue. In many cases the original issue cannot be redeemed or repaid until the first call date or original maturity date. In these cases, the refunding bond proceeds typically are used to buy U.S. government obligations and/or U.S. government agency obligations, or they may be held in cash, that are held in an escrow account until the original call date or maturity date. The original bonds then become “prerefunded” or “escrowed to maturity” and are considered high-quality investments. While still tax-exempt, the security is the proceeds of the escrow account. To the extent permitted by the SEC and the IRS, a fund’s investment in such securities refunded with U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, or cash securities will, for purposes of diversification rules applicable to the funds, be considered a holding in U.S. government obligations, U.S. government agency obligations, or cash.

· Private Activity Bonds Under current tax law, all municipal debt is divided broadly into two groups: governmental purpose bonds and private activity bonds. Governmental purpose bonds are issued to finance traditional public purpose projects such as public buildings and roads. Private activity bonds may be issued by a state or local government or public authority but principally benefit private users and are considered taxable unless a specific exemption is provided.

The Code currently provides exemptions for certain private activity bonds such as not-for-profit hospital bonds, small-issue industrial development revenue bonds, and mortgage subsidy bonds, which may still be issued as tax-exempt bonds. With some limited exceptions, interest on tax-exempt private activity bonds is generally subject to the alternative minimum tax (AMT).

· Industrial Development Bonds Industrial development bonds are considered municipal bonds if the interest paid is exempt from federal income tax. They are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to raise money to finance various privately operated facilities for business and manufacturing, housing, sports, and pollution control. These bonds are also used to finance public facilities such as airports, mass transit systems, ports, and parking. The payment of the principal and interest on such bonds is dependent solely on the ability of the facility’s user to meet its financial obligations and the pledge, if any, of real and personal property so financed as security for such payment.

· Participation Interests The funds may purchase participation interests from third parties in all or part of specific holdings of municipal securities. The purchase may take different forms: In the case of short-term securities, the participation may be backed by a liquidity facility that allows the interest to be sold back to the third party (such as a trust, broker, or bank) for a predetermined price of par at stated intervals. The seller may receive a fee from the funds in connection with the arrangement.

In the case of longer-term bonds, the funds may purchase interests in a pool of municipal bonds or a single municipal bond or lease without the right to sell the interest back to the third party.

The funds will not purchase participation interests unless a satisfactory opinion of counsel or ruling of the IRS has been issued that the interest earned from the municipal securities on which the funds hold participation interests is exempt from federal income tax to the funds. However, there is no guarantee the IRS would treat such interest income as tax-exempt.

·  Securities With Puts Some longer-term municipal bonds give the investor the right to “put,” or sell, the security at par (face value) within a specified number of days following the investor’s request. This feature enhances a security’s liquidity by shortening its effective maturity and may enable it to trade at a price equal to or very close to its principal amount. Termination of a put feature prior to its exercise could result in the forced holding of the longer-term security, which could experience substantially more price volatility and become illiquid.

59

· Variable and Floating Rate Certificates Variable and floating rate securities are debt instruments that provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate paid on the security and may sometimes be created by dividing underlying tax-exempt fixed rate bonds into separate components. These securities have been developed in the secondary market to meet the demand for short-term, tax-exempt securities. Some variable or floating rate securities are structured with liquidity features such as put options or tender options, as well as auction rate features, remarketing provisions, or other maturity-shortening devices. The IRS has not issued a definitive ruling on the tax-exempt nature of certain floating rate certificates. However, the fund will only invest in securities with a structure that nationally recognized bond counsel has concluded allows for the pass-through of tax-exempt interest to investors.

Securities With Credit Enhancements Securities purchased by the fund can have the features described below. The fund may consider credit enhancement when determining the credit quality, liquidity, or maturity of an investment.

Letters of Credit Letters of credit are issued by a third party, usually a bank, to enhance liquidity and ensure repayment of principal and any accrued interest if the underlying municipal security should default.

Municipal Bond Insurance The funds may purchase insured bonds from time to time. Municipal bond insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee that the insured bond’s principal and interest will be paid when due. Insurance does not guarantee the price of the bond. The guarantee is purchased from a private, nongovernmental insurance company.

There are two types of insured securities that may be purchased by the funds: (1) bonds carrying new issue insurance or (2) bonds carrying secondary insurance. New issue insurance is purchased by the issuer of a bond in an effort to improve the bond’s credit rating. By meeting the insurer’s standards and paying an insurance premium based on the bond’s principal and interest value, the issuer may be able to obtain a higher credit rating for the bond. The credit rating assigned to an insured municipal bond will usually reflect the financial strength of the issuer or insurer, whichever is higher. Once purchased, municipal bond insurance cannot be canceled, and the protection it affords continues as long as the bonds are outstanding and the insurer remains solvent.

The funds may also purchase bonds that carry secondary insurance purchased by an investor after a bond’s original issuance. Such policies insure a security for the remainder of its term. Generally, the funds expect that portfolio bonds carrying secondary insurance will have been insured by a prior investor. However, the funds may, on occasion, purchase secondary insurance on their own behalf.

Each of the municipal bond insurance companies has established reserves to cover estimated losses. Both the method of establishing these reserves and the amount of the reserves vary from company to company. The risk that a municipal bond insurance company may experience a claim extends over the life of each insured bond. Municipal bond insurance companies are obligated to pay a bond’s interest and principal when due if the issuing entity defaults on the insured bond. Defaults on insured municipal bonds have been fairly low to date, but certain of these insurers’ ratings have been downgraded and they are no longer insuring newly issued bonds. It is possible that there could be additional insurer downgrades and that default rates on insured bonds could increase substantially, which could further deplete an insurer’s loss reserves and adversely affect the ability of a municipal bond insurer to pay claims to holders of insured bonds, such as the funds. The inability of an insurer to pay a particular claim, or a downgrade of the insurer’s rating, could adversely affect the values of all the bonds it insures despite the quality of the underlying issuer. The number of municipal bond insurers is relatively small and, therefore, a significant amount of a municipal bond fund’s assets may be insured by a single insurer.

Standby Purchase Agreements A standby purchase agreement is a liquidity facility provided to pay the purchase price of bonds that cannot be remarketed. The obligation of the liquidity provider (usually a bank) is only to advance funds to purchase tendered bonds that cannot be remarketed and does not cover principal or interest under any other circumstances. The liquidity provider’s obligations under the standby purchase agreement are usually subject to numerous conditions, including the continued creditworthiness of the underlying borrower.

When-Issued Securities

New issues of municipal securities are often offered on a when-issued basis; that is, delivery and payment for the securities normally takes place 15 to 45 days or more after the date of the commitment to purchase. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on the securities are each fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. The funds will only make a commitment to purchase such securities with the intention of actually acquiring the securities. However, the funds may sell these securities before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy. Each fund will maintain cash, high-grade marketable debt securities, or other suitable cover with its custodian bank equal in value

60

to commitments for when-issued securities. Such securities either will mature or, if necessary, be sold on or before the settlement date. Securities purchased on a when-issued basis and the securities held in the funds’ portfolios are subject to changes in market value based upon the public perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and changes in the level of interest rates (which will generally result in similar changes in value, i.e., both experiencing appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise). Therefore, to the extent the funds remain fully invested or almost fully invested at the same time that they have purchased securities on a when-issued basis, there will be greater fluctuations in their net asset value than if they solely set aside cash to pay for when-issued securities. When the time comes to pay for when-issued securities, the funds will meet their obligations from then-available cash flow, sale of securities, or—although it would not normally expect to do so—from sale of the when-issued securities themselves (which may have a value greater or less than the payment obligation).

Forwards

In some cases, the funds may purchase bonds on a when-issued basis with longer-than-standard settlement dates, in some cases exceeding one to two years. In such cases, the funds must execute a receipt evidencing the obligation to purchase the bond on the specified issue date and must segregate cash internally to meet that forward commitment. Municipal “forwards” typically carry a substantial yield premium to compensate the buyer for the risks associated with a long when-issued period, including: shifts in market interest rates that could materially impact the principal value of the bond, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer, loss of alternative investment options during the when-issued period, changes in tax law or issuer actions that would affect the exempt interest status of the bonds and prevent delivery, failure of the issuer to complete various steps required to issue the bonds, and limited liquidity for the buyer to sell the escrow receipts during the when-issued period.

Residual Interest Bonds

The funds may invest in residual interests issued by a special purpose tender option bond trust (a “TOB Trust”). In a tender option bond transaction (“TOB”), one or more long-term fixed-rate municipal bonds (“Fixed Rate Bonds”) are identified by a fund and deposited into a TOB Trust, which then issues two types of securities: (i) floating rate certificates (“TOB Floater”) and (ii) residual interest certificates (“TOB Residual”). The TOB Floater is a short-term security generally issued to third party investors (typically a money market fund) and the TOB Residual is a longer-term security generally issued to the fund that identified the Fixed Rate Bonds. The interest rates payable on the TOB Residual issued to a fund bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on the TOB Floater. The interest rate on the TOB Floater is reset by a remarketing process typically every 7 to 35 days. After income is paid on the TOB Floater at current rates, the residual income from the Fixed Rate Bonds goes to the TOB Residual. Therefore, rising short-term rates result in lower income for the TOB Residual, and vice versa. The interest rate for the holders of the TOB Floater will typically be determined by an index or auction process held approximately every seven to 35 days while the long-term bondholders will receive all interest paid by the issuer minus the amount given to the holders of the TOB Residual, a nominal auction fee, and fees paid to service providers, such as liquidity providers and remarketing agents, of the TOB Trust. There is no guarantee that the interest rate for holders of the TOB Floater together with the additional fees will exceed the fixed amount of tax-free income provided by the issuer, which could result in the holders of the TOB Floater receiving no interest payment. In the case of a TOB Trust that utilizes the cash received (less transaction expenses) from the issuance of the TOB Floater and TOB Residual to purchase the Fixed Rate Bond from a fund, such fund may then invest the cash received in additional securities, generating leverage for such fund. Other managed accounts and funds managed by T. Rowe Price may also contribute municipal bonds to a TOB Trust into which a fund has contributed Fixed Rate Bonds. If multiple managed accounts and funds managed by T. Rowe Price participate in the same TOB Trust, the economic rights and obligations under the TOB Residual will be shared among the funds ratably in proportion to their participation in the TOB Trust.

The TOB Residual may be more volatile and less liquid than other municipal bonds of comparable maturity. In most circumstances the TOB Residual holder bears substantially all of the underlying Fixed Rate Bonds’ downside investment risk and also benefits from any appreciation in the value of the underlying Fixed Rate Bond. Investments in a TOB Residual typically will involve greater risk than investments in Fixed Rate Bonds.

The TOB Residual held by a fund may provide such fund with the right to: (1) cause the holders of the TOB Floater to tender their certificates at par, and (2) cause the sale of the Fixed-Rate Bond held by the TOB Trust, thereby collapsing the TOB Trust. TOB Trusts are generally supported by a liquidity facility provided by a third-party bank or other financial institution (the “Liquidity Provider”) that provides for the purchase of TOB Floaters that cannot be remarketed. The holders of the TOB Floaters have the right to tender their certificates in exchange for payment of par plus accrued interest on a periodic basis

61

(typically weekly) or on the occurrence of certain mandatory tender events. The tendered TOB Floaters are remarketed by a remarketing agent, which is typically an affiliated entity of the Liquidity Provider. If the TOB Floaters cannot be remarketed, the TOB Floaters are purchased by the TOB Trust either from the proceeds of a loan from the Liquidity Provider or from a liquidation of the Fixed Rate Bond.

The TOB Trust may also be collapsed without the consent of a fund, as the TOB Residual holder, upon the occurrence of certain “tender option termination events” (or “TOTEs”) as defined in the TOB Trust agreements. Such termination events typically include the bankruptcy or default of the issuer of the municipal bond, a substantial downgrade in credit quality of the municipal bond (or issuer thereof), or a judgment or ruling that interest on the Fixed Rate Bond is subject to U.S. federal income taxation. Upon the occurrence of a termination event, the TOB Trust would generally be liquidated in full with the proceeds typically applied first to any accrued fees owed to the trustee, remarketing agent and the Liquidity Provider, and then to the holders of the TOB Floater up to par plus accrued interest owed on the TOB Floater and a portion of gain share, if any, with the balance paid out to the TOB Residual holder. In the case of a mandatory termination event (“MTE”), after the payment of fees, the TOB Floater holders would be paid before the TOB Residual holders (i.e., a fund). In contrast, in the case of a TOTE, after payment of fees, the TOB Floater holders and the TOB Residual holders would be paid pro rata in proportion to the respective face values of their certificates.

Section 619 (the “Volcker Rule”) and Section 941 (the “Risk Retention Rules”) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and the implementing rules thereunder apply to TOB programs. The Volcker Rule precludes banking entities and their affiliates from (i) sponsoring or acquiring interests in the trusts used to hold a municipal bond in the creation of TOB Trusts; and (ii) continuing to service or maintain relationships with existing programs involving TOB Trusts to the same extent and in the same capacity as programs that pre-date the Volcker Rule. The Risk Retention Rules require the sponsor of a TOB Trust (e.g., a fund) to retain at least five percent of the credit risk of the underlying assets supporting the TOB Trust’s municipal bonds. A fund may comply with the five (5) percent risk retention threshold by retaining either some of the Fixed Rate Bonds deposited into the TOB Trust or owning TOB Residuals, in each case with value equal to or greater than five (5) percent of fair value of the face value of the Fixed Rate Bonds deposited into the TOB Trust as of the closing date of the TOB transaction. The Risk Retention Rules may adversely affect a fund’s ability to engage in TOB Trust transactions or increase the costs of such transactions in certain circumstances.

In response to these rules, industry participants explored various structuring alternatives for TOB Trusts and agreed on a new tender option bond structure in which a fund may hire service providers to assist with establishing, structuring and sponsoring a TOB Trust. Service providers to a TOB Trust, such as administrators, liquidity providers, trustees and remarketing agents act at the direction of, and as agent of, the fund holding TOB Residual.

Under the TOB Trust structure permitted by these rules, the Liquidity Provider or remarketing agent will no longer purchase the tendered TOB Floaters, even in the event of failed remarketing. This may increase the likelihood that a TOB Trust will need to be collapsed and liquidated in order to purchase the tendered TOB Floaters. The TOB Trust may draw upon a loan from the Liquidity Provider to purchase the tendered TOB Floaters. Any loans made by the Liquidity Provider will be secured by the purchased TOB Floaters held by the TOB Trust and will be subject to an interest rate agreed upon with the Liquidity Provider.

Adjustable Rate Securities

Generally, the maturity of a security is deemed to be the period remaining until the date (noted on the face of the instrument) on which the principal amount must be paid or, in the case of an instrument called for redemption, the date on which the redemption payment must be made. However, certain securities may be issued with demand features or adjustable interest rates that are reset periodically by predetermined formulas or indexes in order to minimize movements in the principal value of the investment in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. Such securities may have long-term maturities but may be treated as a short-term investment under certain conditions. Generally, as interest rates decrease or increase, the potential for capital appreciation or depreciation on these securities is less than for fixed rate obligations. These securities may take a variety of forms, including variable rate, floating rate, and put option securities.

Many financial instruments had used a floating rate based on the LIBOR, which is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. A fund may be exposed to financial instruments that are tied to LIBOR to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies or investment value. The publication of all settings of British Pound Sterling, Swiss Franc, Euro and Japanese Yen LIBOR, as well as the 1-week and 2-month settings of U.S. Dollar (USD) LIBOR were phased out at the end of 2021. The remaining settings of USD LIBOR, the 1-, 3-, and 6-month

62

settings of USD LIBOR which are the most widely used in financial markets, ceased to be published as of June 2023 (although a synthetic USD LIBOR rate for these settings will continue to be published through September 2024). Key regulators instructed banking institutions to cease entering into new contracts that reference these remaining USD LIBOR settings after December 31, 2021, subject to certain limited exceptions.

On December 16, 2022, the Federal Reserve Board adopted regulations implementing the Adjustable Interest Rate Act by identifying benchmark rates based on Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) that replaced LIBOR in different categories of financial contracts beginning July 1, 2023. These regulations apply only to LIBOR contracts governed by U.S. law, among other limitations.

Not all existing LIBOR-based instruments may have alternative rate-setting provisions and there remains uncertainty regarding the willingness and ability of issuers to add alternative rate-setting provisions in certain existing instruments. Parties to contracts, securities or other instruments using LIBOR may disagree on transition rates or the application of applicable transition regulation, potentially resulting in uncertainty of performance and the possibility of litigation. The fund may have investments linked to other interbank offered rates that may also cease to be published in the future.

Variable Rate Securities Variable rate instruments are those whose terms provide for the adjustment of their interest rates on set dates and which, upon such adjustment, can reasonably be expected to have a market value that approximates its par value. A variable rate instrument, the principal amount of which is scheduled to be paid in 397 days or less, is deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate. A variable rate instrument that is subject to a demand feature entitles the purchaser to receive the principal amount of the underlying security or securities.

Forward Commitment Contracts

The price of such securities, which may be expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment to purchase is made, but delivery and payment take place at a later date. Normally, the settlement date occurs within 90 days of the purchase for when-issued securities, but may be substantially longer for forwards. During the period between purchase and settlement, no payment is made by the funds to the issuer and no interest accrues to the funds. The purchase of these securities will result in a loss if their values decline prior to the settlement date. This could occur, for example, if interest rates increase prior to settlement. The longer the period between purchase and settlement, the greater the risks. At the time the funds make the commitment to purchase these securities, it will record the transaction and reflect the value of the security in determining its net asset value.

To the extent the funds remain fully or almost fully invested (in securities with a remaining maturity of more than one year) at the same time they purchase these securities, there will be greater fluctuations in the funds’ net asset value than if the funds did not purchase them.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

Investments in REITs may experience many of the same risks involved with investing in real estate directly. These risks include: declines in real estate values; risks related to local or general economic conditions, particularly lack of demand; overbuilding and increased competition; increases in property taxes and operating expenses; changes in zoning laws; heavy cash flow dependency; possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; obsolescence; losses due to natural disasters; condemnation of properties; regulatory limitations on rents and fluctuations in rental income; variations in market rental rates; and possible environmental liabilities. REITs may own real estate properties (Equity REITs) and be subject to these risks directly or may make or purchase mortgages (Mortgage REITs) and be subject to these risks indirectly through underlying construction, development, and long-term mortgage loans that may default or have payment problems.

Equity REITs can be affected by rising interest rates that may cause investors to demand a high annual yield from future distributions, which, in turn, could decrease the market prices for the REITs. In addition, rising interest rates also increase the costs of obtaining financing for real estate projects. Since many real estate projects are dependent upon receiving financing, this could cause the value of the Equity REITs in which the funds invest to decline.

Mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that the mortgagors elect to prepay during periods of declining interest rates, which may diminish the yield on such REITs. In addition, borrowers may not be able to repay mortgages when due, which could have a negative effect on the funds.

63

Some REITs have relatively small market capitalizations, which could increase their volatility. REITs tend to be dependent upon specialized management skills and have limited diversification, so they are subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of properties. In addition, when the funds invest in REITs, a shareholder will bear his or her proportionate share of fund expenses and indirectly bear similar expenses of the REITs. REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders. Certain REITs may be able to pay up to 90% of their dividends in the form of stock instead of cash. Even if a fund receives all or part of a REIT distribution in stock, the fund will still be deemed to have received 100% of the distribution in cash and the entire distribution will be part of the fund’s taxable income. In addition, both Equity and Mortgage REITs are subject to the risks of failing to qualify for tax-free status of income under the Code or failing to maintain their exemptions from the 1940 Act.

Partnerships

The funds may invest in securities issued by companies that are organized as publicly traded partnerships or master limited partnerships, as well as limited liability companies. These entities may be publicly traded on certain stock exchanges or markets, and are generally operated under the supervision of one or more managing partners or members. Limited partners, unitholders, or members (such as a fund that invests in a partnership) are not usually involved in the day-to-day management of the company, but are allocated income and capital gains associated with the partnership project in accordance with the terms of the partnership or limited liability company agreement.

Risks involved with investing in partnerships include, among other things, risks associated with the partnership structure itself and the specific industry or industries in which the partnership invests (e.g., real estate development, oil, or gas). State law governing partnerships is often less restrictive than state law governing corporations. As a result, there may be fewer legal protections afforded to investors in a partnership than to investors in a corporation. At times, partnerships may potentially offer relatively high yields compared with common stocks. Because partnerships are generally treated as “pass through” entities for tax purposes, they do not ordinarily pay income taxes but instead pass their earnings on to unitholders (except in the case of some publicly traded partnerships that may be taxed as corporations).

Illiquid Investments

Certain fund holdings may be considered illiquid because they are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale and/or because they cannot reasonably be expected to be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the holding. The determination of the liquidity for a particular holding involves a variety of factors. The sale of illiquid investments may involve substantial delays and additional costs, and a fund may only be able to sell such investments at prices significantly lower than what they believe they are worth.

Illiquid investments may include private placements that are sold directly to a small number of investors, usually institutions, and may have resale restrictions. Certain restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the 1933 Act. Where registration is required, the fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses, and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the fund might obtain a less favorable price than that which prevailed when it decided to sell. Restricted securities will be priced at fair value.

Notwithstanding the above, the funds may purchase securities that, while privately placed, are eligible for purchase and sale under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. This rule permits certain qualified institutional buyers, such as the funds, to trade in privately placed securities even though such securities are not registered under the 1933 Act. The liquidity and value of these securities are monitored based on a variety of factors.

Investments in Other Investment Companies

The funds may invest in other investment companies, which include unit investment trusts, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds, closed-end funds, and investment companies that have elected to be treated as a business development company (commonly referred to as a BDC) under the 1940 Act. Investments in other investment companies could allow a fund to obtain the benefits of a more diversified portfolio than might otherwise be available through derivatives or direct investments in a particular asset class and will subject the fund to the risks associated with the particular asset class or asset classes in which the underlying fund invests.

64

The funds may purchase shares of another investment company to temporarily gain exposure to a portion of the market while awaiting purchase of securities or as an efficient means of gaining exposure to a particular asset class. The funds might also purchase shares of another investment company to gain exposure to the securities in the investment company’s portfolio at times when the fund may not be able to buy those securities directly. Any investment in another investment company would be consistent with a fund’s objective(s) and investment program.

Investing in another investment company involves risks similar to those of investing directly in the investment company’s portfolio securities, including the risk that the values of the portfolio securities may fluctuate due to changes in the financial condition of the securities’ issuers and other market factors. An investment company may not achieve its investment objective or execute its investment strategy effectively, which may adversely affect the fund’s performance. In addition, because listed closed-end funds trade on a stock exchange or in the OTC market and ETFs trade on a securities exchange, their shares may trade at a substantial premium or discount to the actual net asset value of its portfolio securities, and their potential lack of liquidity if an active trading market does not exist could result in greater volatility.

Investments in Unaffiliated Investment Companies If a fund invests in an investment company that is not sponsored by T. Rowe Price, the fund must pay its proportionate share of that investment company’s fees and expenses, which are in addition to the management fee and other operational expenses incurred by the fund. The expenses associated with certain investment companies, such as BDCs, may be significant. The fund could also incur a sales charge or redemption fee in connection with purchasing or redeeming shares of an investment company.

A Price Fund’s investments in non-T. Rowe Price investment companies are subject to the limits and conditions that apply to such investments under the 1940 Act.

Investments in Affiliated Investment Companies The funds may also invest in other Price Funds as a means of gaining efficient and cost-effective exposure to specific asset classes, provided the investment is consistent with an investing fund’s investment program and policies. A fund will invest in a Z Class of another Price Fund if such an investment is permitted. If a Z Class is not available or the fund is not eligible to invest in a Z Class, to ensure that the fund does not incur duplicate management fees as a result of its investment in another Price Fund, the management fee paid by the investing fund will be reduced in an amount sufficient to offset the fees paid by the underlying fund related to the investment.

Investments in Hedge Funds Investments in hedge funds may be used to gain exposure to certain asset classes. Hedge funds are not subject to the same regulatory requirements as the funds and other registered investment companies, and an investing fund may not be able to rely on the protections under the 1940 Act that are available to investors in registered investment companies.

There are often advance notice requirements and withdrawal windows that limit investors’ ability to readily redeem shares of a hedge fund. If a hedge fund were to engage in activity deemed inappropriate by a fund or pursue a different strategy than the fund was led to believe, the fund may not be able to withdraw its investment in a hedge fund promptly after a decision has been made to do so, causing the fund to incur a significant loss and adversely affect its total return.

Hedge funds are not required to provide periodic pricing or valuation information to investors, and such funds often engage in leveraging, short-selling, commodities investing, and other speculative investment practices that are not fully disclosed and may increase the risk of investment loss. Their underlying holdings and investment strategies are not as transparent to investors or typically as diversified as those of traditional open-end funds; therefore, an investing fund is unable to look through to the hedge fund’s underlying investments in determining compliance with its own investment restrictions.

For the various reasons cited above, investments in a hedge fund are generally considered illiquid by an investing fund. Valuations of illiquid investments involve various judgments and consideration of factors that may be subjective, and there is a risk that inaccurate valuations of hedge fund positions could adversely affect the stated value of the fund. Fund investors should be aware that situations involving uncertainties as to the valuation of portfolio positions could have an adverse effect on the fund’s net assets, which, in turn, would affect amounts paid on redemptions of fund shares if the judgments made regarding appropriate valuations should be proven incorrect. If the net asset value of a fund is not accurate, purchasing or redeeming shareholders may pay or receive too little or too much for their shares and the interests of remaining shareholders may become overvalued or diluted.

65

The funds may use derivatives whose characteristics are consistent with the funds’ investment programs. A derivative is a financial instrument that has a value based on—or “derived from”—the value of other assets (such as stocks), reference rates, or indexes (collectively, a reference asset). Specifically, derivatives and derivative transactions means: (1) any swap, security-based swap (including a contract for differences), futures contract, forward contract, option, any combination of the foregoing, or any similar instrument under which a fund is or may be required to make any payment or delivery of cash or other assets during the life of the instrument or at maturity or early termination, whether as margin or settlement payment or otherwise; (2) any short sale borrowing; and (3) reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions, for those funds that choose to treat these transactions as derivatives transactions, as permitted by regulation. Options, futures, swaps, and currency forwards are discussed further below.

Exchange-traded derivatives are traded via specialized derivatives exchanges, securities exchanges, or both. Most exchange-traded derivatives are cleared through a central clearing counterparty where the clearinghouse acts as an intermediary to the transactions. The terms for each type of exchange-traded contract are standardized. Counterparties also have the ability to trade swaps, security-based swaps, or options on a regulated exchange without the contract being cleared by a central counterparty. In addition to exchange-traded derivatives, certain derivatives are entered into or traded OTC whereby the parties directly negotiate the terms of the derivative without going through a regulated exchange.

The funds may use derivatives for a variety of hedging and/or speculative purposes. Hedging is a strategy in which a derivative is used to offset or mitigate risks associated with other fund holdings. Losses on the other investment may be substantially reduced by gains on a derivative that reacts in an opposite manner to market movements. Conversely, hedging may limit gains associated with other fund holdings. The use of a derivative is speculative if a fund is primarily seeking to achieve gains, rather than offset the risk of other positions. To the extent a fund invests in a derivative for speculative purposes, the fund will be fully exposed to the risks of loss of that derivative. Potential uses include, but are not limited to, the following: adjusting portfolio duration or credit risk exposure; establishing exposure to specific markets, interest rates, currency exchange rates, or credit quality; investing in broad segments of the market or certain asset classes with greater efficiency and at a lower cost than is possible through direct investment; enhancing income or total return or protect the value of portfolio securities; improving risk-adjusted returns; and managing cash flows into and out of a fund and maintaining liquidity while remaining invested in the market. Derivatives may also be used to establish both long and short positions within their portfolio. The funds may use derivatives to take a short position in a currency, which allows a fund to sell a currency in excess of the value of its holdings denominated in that currency or to sell a currency even if it does not hold any assets denominated in the currency. The funds may also use derivatives to take short positions with respect to their exposure to a particular aspect of their portfolio. For example, a fund could sell futures contracts on a particular index where the value of the futures contract exceeds the value of the bonds or stocks represented in the index that are held by the fund, or the fund could sell futures or enter into interest rate swaps with respect to a particular bond market without owning any bonds in that market. From time to time, a single order to purchase or sell derivatives (e.g., a futures contract or option thereon) may be made on behalf of a fund and other Price Funds and allocated by the manager across the various funds. Such aggregated orders would be allocated among the fund and the other Price Funds in a manner that is consistent with the allocation policy for the funds.

Risk Factors in Derivatives

Derivatives can be volatile, have lower overall liquidity, involve a higher risk of loss than other fund investments, and involve other significant risks, including:

· Correlation Risk Changes in the value of a derivative will not match the changes in the value of its reference asset or the portfolio holdings that are being hedged. There are a number of factors which may prevent a derivative from achieving the desired correlation (or inverse correlation) with a reference asset, such as the impact of fees, expenses and transaction costs, the timing of pricing, and disruptions or illiquidity in the markets for such derivative.

· Counterparty Risks Certain OTC derivatives are subject to individual counterparty risk, whereas the risk of default for exchange-traded derivatives mutualizes the risk across the exchange’s clearinghouse, its member firms, and trading participants pursuant to the clearinghouse or exchange rules. Counterparty risk is the risk that a party to an derivative contract may fail to perform or be legally unable to perform on its obligations. A loss may be sustained as a result of the insolvency or bankruptcy of the counterparty, the failure of the counterparty to make required payments or comply with the

66

terms of the contract, and other reasons affecting the counterparty, such as changes in law and imposition of currency controls. In the event of insolvency of the counterparty, a fund may be unable to liquidate, settle, or transfer a derivatives position. Because derivatives traded in OTC markets are not guaranteed by an exchange or, in most cases, a clearing corporation and may not, in some cases, require the counterparty to post margin to the fund to secure its obligations, to the extent that a fund has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparty, the fund is at risk that its counterparty will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations. The funds attempt to minimize these risks by engaging in transactions in derivatives traded in OTC markets only with financial institutions that have substantial capital or that have provided the fund with a third-party guaranty or other credit enhancement or margin that is held at the custodian for the funds (or at the futures commodity merchant for futures contracts).

· Credit Event Risks The counterparty in a derivative transaction may be unable to honor its financial obligation to a fund, or the reference entity in a credit default swap or similar derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations.

· Currency Risks For certain types of currency-related derivatives, changes in the exchange rate between two currencies will adversely affect the value (in U.S. dollar terms) of an investment and could cause losses on the investment.

· Hedging Risks A fund’s hedging techniques may not achieve the anticipated results. When using derivatives for hedging and risk management purposes, losses on other investment may be substantially reduced by gains on a derivative that reacts in an opposite manner to market movements. While hedging can reduce losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains or cause losses if the market moves in a manner different from that anticipated by the fund or if the cost of the derivative outweighs the benefit of the hedge. There is also a risk of loss by a fund of margin deposits or collateral posted by the fund to the counterparty in the event of bankruptcy of a counterparty with which the fund has an open position. There can be no assurance that a fund’s hedging strategies will be effective.

· Illiquidity Risk Derivative positions may be (or become) difficult or impossible to exit at the desired time. There can be no assurance that a fund will be able to unwind or offset a derivative at its desired price, in a secondary market or otherwise. It may, therefore, not be possible for the fund to unwind its position in a derivative without incurring substantial losses (if at all).

· Index Risk If a derivative is linked to the performance of an index, it will be subject to the risks associated with changes in that index. If the index changes, a fund could receive lower interest payments or experience a reduction in the value of the derivative below the level that the fund paid. Certain indexed securities, including inverse securities (which move in an opposite direction to the index), may create leverage to the extent that they increase or decrease in value at a rate that is a multiple of the changes in the applicable index.

· Leverage Risks Certain types of investments or trading strategies (such as, for example, borrowing money to increase the amount of investments) involve the risk that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain derivatives and trading strategies that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested.

· Management Risk There can be no assurance that the investment adviser’s use of an instrument, if employed, will be successful. There can also be no assurance that a fund’s hedging or speculation strategies will be effective. No fund is required to engage in hedging or speculative transactions. If the investment adviser incorrectly forecasts interest rates, market values or other economic factors in using a derivatives strategy, the fund might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all.

· Regulatory Risk New regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, may limit their availability, or may otherwise affect their value or performance.

The funds comply with Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies that, depending on the extent of its use of derivatives, include (as applicable) the adoption and implementation of policies and procedures designed to manage the fund’s derivatives risks, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, compliance with a limit on the amount of leverage-related risk that the fund may obtain based on value-at-risk and maintaining a derivatives risk management program and designating a derivatives risk manager.

Funds with derivatives exposure that is generally more than 10% of net assets have adopted and implemented a derivatives risk management program to manage the funds’ derivatives risks, have limits on the amount of leverage-related risk that the funds may obtain based on value-at-risk, and are subject to board oversight, among other requirements. “Limited derivatives users” are funds with gross notional derivatives exposure (with certain exceptions) of 10% of its net assets or less. Limited derivatives users have adopted derivatives risk policies and procedures.

67

Under Rule 18f-4, when a fund trades reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, it needs to aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness (e.g., borrowings, if applicable) when calculating the fund’s asset coverage ratio or treat all such transactions as derivatives transactions. In addition, under the Rule, a fund may invest in a security on a when-issued or forward-settling basis, or with a non-standard settlement cycle, and the transaction will be deemed not to involve a senior security (as defined in Section 18(g) of the 1940 Act) under specified conditions. A fund may otherwise engage in when-issued, forward-settling and non-standard settlement cycle securities transactions that do not meet the conditions so long as the fund treats any such transaction as a derivatives transaction for purposes of compliance with the rule. Furthermore, under the Rule, a fund will be permitted to enter into an unfunded commitment agreement, and such unfunded commitment agreement will not be subject to the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act under specified conditions. Unfunded commitments are contractual obligations pursuant to which a fund agrees to invest in a loan at a future date.

These requirements may limit the ability of the funds to use derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions, and the other relevant transactions as part of its investment strategies. These requirements also may increase the cost of the fund’s investments and cost of doing business, which could adversely affect investors.

· Valuation Risk Valuation risk is the risk that valuation sources for a derivative will not be readily available in the market. This is possible especially in times of market distress, since many market participants may be reluctant to quote prices for them. In addition, some derivatives may be customized for the fund and may include complex features; thus, without comparable instruments to compare for pricing purposes, they may be difficult to value.

Options

The funds may buy or sell listed (also known as exchange-traded) or OTC options on securities, currencies, indexes (including an index representative of short-term interest rates), options on futures and swaps, commodity options, and other instruments. In general, exchange-traded options have standardized exercise prices and expiration dates and require the parties to post margin against their obligations, and the performance of the parties’ obligations in connection with such options is guaranteed by the exchange or a related clearing corporation. OTC options have more flexible terms negotiated between the buyer and the seller.

A fund may use options on interest rate futures and options on interest rate swaps to manage exposure to changes in interest rates or to adjust portfolio duration.

Writing Call Options A call option gives the holder (buyer) the right to purchase, and the writer (seller) the obligation to sell an instrument at a specified price (the exercise price) at expiration of the option (European style) or at any time prior to the expiration date (American style). Options may be settled physically, meaning that the writer or seller must deliver the referenced instrument to the buyer in exchange for the exercise price, or options may be cash settled, which means that the writer or seller must deliver to the buyer cash equal to the difference between the referenced price level of the instrument and the exercise price. The funds are authorized to write covered call options on the instruments in which they may invest. A covered call option is an option in which a fund, in return for a premium, gives another party a right to buy specified instruments owned by the fund at (or by) a specified future date and price set at the time of the contract. The principal reason for writing covered call options is the attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized by only owning the underlying instrument. By writing covered call options, a fund gives up the opportunity, while the option is in effect, to profit from any price increase in the underlying instrument above the option exercise price. In addition, a fund’s ability to sell the underlying instrument will be limited while the option is in effect unless the fund enters into a closing purchase transaction or the option is cash settled. A closing purchase transaction cancels out a fund’s position as the writer of an option by means of an offsetting purchase of an identical option prior to the expiration of the option it has written. Unlike owning an instrument that are not subject to an option, the funds have no control over when they may be required to sell the underlying instrument, since they may be assigned an exercise notice at any time prior to the expiration of its obligation as a writer. If a call option a fund has written expires, the fund will realize a gain in the amount of the premium; however, such gain may be offset by a decline in the market value of the underlying instrument during the option period. If the call option is exercised, the fund will realize a gain or loss from the sale of the underlying instrument. Covered call options also serve as a partial hedge to the extent of the premium received against the price of the underlying instrument declining.

A fund is also permitted to write (i.e., sell) uncovered call options on instruments in which it may invest but that are not currently held by the fund provided the fund operates in compliance with Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act. The principal reason

68

for writing uncovered call options is to realize income without committing capital to the ownership of the underlying instruments. When writing uncovered call options, a fund must deposit and maintain sufficient margin with the broker-dealer through which it made the uncovered call option as collateral to ensure that the securities can be purchased for delivery if and when the option is exercised. During periods of declining securities prices or when prices are stable, writing uncovered calls can be a profitable strategy to increase a fund’s income with minimal capital risk. Uncovered calls are riskier than covered calls because there is no underlying security held by a fund that can act as a partial hedge.

Uncovered calls have speculative characteristics and the potential for loss by the writer of the option is unlimited. When an uncovered call is exercised, a fund must purchase the underlying instrument to meet its call obligation. There is also a risk, especially with respect to call options written on preferred and debt securities with lower overall liquidity, that the instruments may not be available for purchase. If the purchase price exceeds the exercise price, a fund will lose the difference.

Index options are option contracts in which the underlying value is based on the value of a particular securities index. As the seller of an index call option, the fund receives a premium from the purchaser. The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over a fixed price (the exercise price) by the expiration date of the option. If the purchaser does not exercise the option, the fund retains the premium. If the purchaser exercises the option, the fund pays the purchaser the difference between the value of the index and the exercise price of the option. The premium, the exercise price, and the value of the index determine the gain or loss realized by the fund as the seller of the index call option. The fund can also repurchase the call option prior to the expiration date, thereby ending its obligation. In this case, the difference between the cost of repurchasing the option and the premium received will determine the gain or loss realized by the fund.

The premium received represents the market value of an option. The premium the funds will receive from writing a call option will reflect, among other things, the current market price of the underlying security or currency, the relationship of the exercise price to such market price, the historical price volatility of the underlying security or currency, and the length of the option period. T. Rowe Price, in determining whether a particular call option should be written on a particular security or currency, will consider the reasonableness of the anticipated premium and the likelihood that a liquid secondary market will exist for those options. The premium received by the funds for writing covered call options will be recorded as a liability of the funds. This liability will be adjusted daily to the option’s current market value, which will be the latest sale price on its primary exchange at the time at which the net asset values per share of the funds are computed (close of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), normally 4 p.m. ET) or, in the absence of such sale, the mean of closing bid and ask prices. The option will be terminated upon expiration of the option, the purchase of an identical option in a closing transaction, or delivery of the underlying security or currency upon the exercise of the option.

Closing transactions will be effected in order to realize a profit on an outstanding call option, to prevent an underlying instrument from being called, or to permit the sale of the underlying instrument. Furthermore, effecting a closing transaction will permit the funds to write another call option on the underlying instrument with either a different exercise price, expiration date, or both. If the funds desire to sell a particular instrument from their portfolios on which they have written a call option or purchased a put option, they will seek to effect a closing transaction prior to, or concurrently with, the sale of the instrument. There is, of course, no assurance that the funds will be able to effect such closing transactions at favorable prices. If the funds cannot enter into such a transaction, they may be required to hold an instrument that they might otherwise have sold. This could result in higher transaction costs. The funds will pay transaction costs in connection with the writing of options to close out previously written options. Such transaction costs are normally higher than those applicable to purchases and sales of portfolio securities.

The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to, or above the current market values of the underlying instruments at the time the options are written. From time to time, the funds may purchase an underlying instrument for delivery in accordance with an exercise notice of a call option assigned to it, rather than delivering such instrument from their portfolios. In such cases, additional costs may be incurred.

The funds will realize a profit or loss from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the transaction is less or more than the premium received from the writing of the option. Because increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying instrument, any loss resulting from the repurchase of a call option is likely to be offset in whole or in part by appreciation of the underlying instrument owned by the funds.

Writing Put Options A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell and the writer (seller) the obligation to buy the underlying instrument at the exercise price during the option period (American style) or at the expiration of the option (European style). As long as the obligation of the writer (i.e., the fund) continues, it may be assigned an exercise notice by

69

the broker-dealer through which such option was sold, requiring the fund to make payment of the exercise price against delivery of the underlying instrument. The operation of put options in other respects, including their related risks and rewards, is substantially identical to that of call options.

Each fund has authority to write put options on the types of instruments that may be held by the fund. A fund will receive a premium for writing a put option, which increases the fund’s return.

A fund would generally write covered put options in circumstances where T. Rowe Price wishes to purchase the underlying instrument for the fund’s portfolios at a price lower than the current market price of the instrument. In such circumstances, the funds would write a put option at an exercise price that, reduced by the premium received on the option, reflects the lower price it is willing to pay. Since the fund would also receive interest on debt securities or currencies maintained to cover the exercise price of the option, this technique could be used to enhance current return during periods of market uncertainty. The risk in such a transaction would be that the market price of the underlying instrument would decline below the exercise price, less the premiums received. Such a decline could be substantial and result in a significant loss to the fund. In addition, because the fund does not own the specific instrument which it may be required to purchase in exercise of the put, it cannot benefit from appreciation, if any, with respect to such specific instruments.

The funds are also authorized to write (i.e., sell) uncovered put options on instruments in which they may invest but the fund does not currently have a corresponding short position or has not deposited as collateral cash equal to the exercise value of the put option with the broker-dealer through which it made the uncovered put option. The principal reason for writing uncovered put options is to receive premium income and to acquire such securities or instruments at a net cost below the current market value. A fund has the obligation to buy the instruments at an agreed-upon price if the price of the instruments decreases below the exercise price. If the price of the instruments increases during the option period, the option will expire worthless and a fund will retain the premium and will not have to purchase the instruments at the exercise price.

The premium received by the funds for writing put options will be recorded as a liability of the funds. This liability will be adjusted daily to the option’s current market value, which will be the latest sale price on its primary exchange at the time at which the net asset value per share of the funds is computed or, in the absence of such sale, the mean of the closing bid and ask prices.

Purchasing Put Options The funds may purchase American or European style put options. As the holder of a put option, the funds have the right to sell the underlying instrument at the exercise price at any time during the option period (American style) or at the expiration of the option (European style), thus limiting the funds’ risk of loss through a decline in the market value of the instrument until the put option expires. The funds may enter into closing sale transactions with respect to such options, exercise them, or permit them to expire.

The funds may purchase a put option on an underlying instrument (a “protective put”) owned by the funds as a defensive technique in order to protect against an anticipated decline in the value of the instrument. Such hedge protection is provided only during the life of the put option when the funds, as holder of the put option, are able to sell the underlying instrument at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying instrument’s market price or exchange value (as applicable). For example, a put option may be purchased in order to protect unrealized appreciation of an instrument where T. Rowe Price deems it desirable to continue to hold the instrument because of tax considerations. The premium paid for the put option and any transaction costs would reduce any capital gain otherwise available for distribution when the instrument is eventually sold.

The funds may also purchase put options at a time when they do not own the underlying instrument. By purchasing put options on an instrument they do not own, the funds seek to benefit from a decline in the market price of the underlying instrument. If the put option is not sold when it has remaining value and if the market price of the underlying instrument remains equal to or greater than the exercise price during the life of the put option, the funds will lose their entire investment in the put option. In order for the purchase of a put option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying instrument must decline sufficiently below the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs, unless the put option is sold in a closing sale transaction.

Purchasing Call Options The funds may purchase American or European style call options. As the holder of a call option, the funds have the right to purchase, and the seller is obligated to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price at any time during the option period (American style) or at the expiration of the option (European style). The funds may enter into closing sale transactions with respect to such options, exercise them, or permit them to expire.

70

Call options may be purchased by the funds for the purpose of acquiring the underlying instruments for their portfolios. Utilized in this fashion, the purchase of call options enables the funds to acquire the instruments at the exercise price of the call option plus the premium paid. At times, the net cost of acquiring securities or currencies in this manner may be less than the cost of acquiring the instruments directly. This technique may also be useful to the funds when seeking to purchase a large block of instruments that would be difficult to acquire by direct market purchases. As long as a fund holds such a call option, rather than the underlying instrument itself, the fund is partially protected from any unexpected decline in the market price of the underlying instrument and in such event could allow the call option to expire, incurring a loss only to the extent of the premium paid for the option.

The funds may also purchase call options on underlying instruments they own in order to protect unrealized gains on call options previously written by them. A call option would be purchased for this purpose where tax considerations make it inadvisable to realize such gains through a closing purchase transaction. Call options may also be purchased at times to avoid realizing losses.

The funds may engage in transactions involving dealer (OTC) options. Certain risks, including credit event risk and counterparty risk, are specific to dealer options. While the funds would look to a clearing corporation to exercise exchange-traded options, if the funds were to purchase a dealer option, they would rely primarily on the dealer from whom they purchased the option to perform if the option were exercised. Failure by the dealer to do so could result in the loss of the premium paid by the funds as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction.

Exchange-traded options generally have a continuous liquid market, while dealer options could have less or no liquidity. Consequently, the funds will generally be able to realize the value of a dealer option they have purchased only by exercising it or reselling it to the dealer who issued it. Under certain conditions, the funds may also be able to resell or assign a purchased dealer option to another dealer on substantially the same terms. Similarly, when the funds write a dealer option, unless they can assign the option to another dealer, they generally will be able to close out the option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer to which the funds originally wrote the option. While the funds will seek to enter into dealer options only with dealers who will agree to and are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with the funds, there can be no assurance that the dealers will consent to the closing transaction nor is it assured that the funds will realize a favorable price. Until a fund, as a covered dealer call option writer, is able to effect a closing purchase transaction, they will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) or currencies used as cover until the option expires or is exercised. In the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the funds may be unable to liquidate a dealer option. With respect to options written by the funds, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the funds.

Options on GNMA Certificates. The following information relates to the unique characteristics of options on GNMA certificates. Since the remaining principal balance of GNMA certificates declines each month as a result of mortgage payments, a fund, as a writer of a GNMA call holding GNMA certificates as “cover” to satisfy its delivery obligation in the event of exercise, may find that the GNMA certificates it holds no longer have a sufficient remaining principal balance for this purpose. Should this occur, a fund will purchase additional GNMA certificates from the same pool (if obtainable) or other GNMA certificates in the cash market in order to maintain its “cover.”

A GNMA certificate held by a fund to cover an option position in any but the nearest expiration month may cease to represent cover for the option in the event of a decline in the GNMA coupon rate at which new pools are originated under the FHA/Veterans Affairs loan ceiling in effect at any given time. If this should occur, a fund will no longer be covered, and the fund will either enter into a closing purchase transaction or replace such GNMA certificate with a certificate that represents cover. When a fund closes its position or replaces such GNMA certificate, it may realize an unanticipated loss and incur transaction costs.

Special Risks Associated With Options There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and indexes. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded OTC or on an exchange may be absent for reasons that include the following: There may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions, or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be

71

compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. Options on futures, options on swaps, and options on other derivatives instruments involve some of the same considerations and risks as the reference derivative instrument.

Futures Contracts

The funds may enter into futures contracts involving indexes, interest rates, commodities, currencies, and other reference assets (“futures” or “futures contracts”). A futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific instrument (e.g., units of a stock index) for a specified price, date, time, and place designated at the time the contract is made. Brokerage fees are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold and margin deposits must be maintained during the term of the contract. Entering into a contract to buy is commonly referred to as buying or purchasing a contract or holding a long position. Entering into a contract to sell is commonly referred to as selling a contract or holding a short position. Futures may involve substantial leverage risk.

The funds will enter into futures contracts that are traded on U.S. (or foreign) futures exchanges and are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument. Futures exchanges and trading in the United States are regulated under the Commodity Exchange Act by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC). Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of futures contracts could be used as an alternative to futures contracts, futures contracts are effective and relatively low cost.

Unlike when the funds purchase or sell a security, no price would be paid or received by the funds upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Upon entering into a futures contract, and to maintain the funds’ open positions in futures contracts, the funds would be required to deposit in a segregated account with the clearing broker for the futures contract an amount of cash or liquid assets known as “initial margin.” The margin required for a particular futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be significantly modified from time to time by the exchange during the term of the contract. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on margins that may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded.

Futures are valued daily at closing settlement prices. If the price of an open futures contract changes (by increase in the case of a sale or by decrease in the case of a purchase) so that the loss on the futures contract reaches a point at which the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, the clearing broker will require a payment by the funds (variation margin) to restore the margin account to the amount of the initial margin.

Subsequent payments (mark-to-market payments) to and from the futures clearing broker are made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying assets fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. If the value of the open futures position increases in the case of a sale or decreases in the case of a purchase, the funds will pay the amount of the daily change in value to the clearing broker. However, if the value of the open futures position decreases in the case of a sale or increases in the case of a purchase, the clearing broker will pay the amount of the daily change in value to the funds.

Although certain futures contracts, by their terms, require actual future delivery of and payment for the underlying instruments, in practice, most futures contracts are usually closed out before the delivery date. Closing out an open futures contract purchase or sale is effected by entering into an offsetting futures contract sale or purchase, respectively, for the same aggregate amount of the identical securities and the same delivery date. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the fund realizes a gain; if it is more, the fund realizes a loss. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the fund realizes a gain; if it is less, the fund realizes a loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that the funds will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures contract at a particular time. If the funds are not able to enter into an offsetting transaction, the funds will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the futures contract.

As an example of an offsetting transaction in which the underlying instrument is not delivered, the contractual obligations arising from the sale of one contract of September Treasury bills on an exchange may be fulfilled at any time before delivery of the contract is required (i.e., on a specified date in September, the “delivery month”) by the purchase of one contract of September Treasury bills on the same exchange. In such instance, the difference between the price at which the futures

72

contract was sold and the price paid for the offsetting purchase, after allowance for transaction costs, represents the profit or loss to the funds.

The funds may invest in futures on indexes, such as stock and bond indexes. For example, a stock index assigns relative values to the common stocks included in the index and the index value fluctuates with the changes in the market value of those stocks. Stock index futures are contracts based on the future value of the basket of securities that comprise the underlying stock index. The contracts obligate the seller to deliver and the purchaser to take cash to settle the futures transaction or to enter into an obligation contract. No physical delivery of the securities underlying the index is required when settling the futures obligation and no monetary amount is paid or received by a fund on the purchase or sale of a stock index future. At any time prior to the expiration of the future, a fund may elect to close out its position by taking an opposite position, at which time a final determination of variation margin is made and additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the fund. Any gain or loss is then realized by the fund on the future for tax purposes. Although stock index futures by their terms call for settlement by the delivery of cash, in most cases the settlement obligation is fulfilled without such delivery by entering into an offsetting transaction.

A fund may use interest rate futures to manage its exposure to interest rate changes or to adjust portfolio duration. Interest rate futures contracts obligate the long or short holder to take or make delivery of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, such as a specific fixed income security, during a specified future period at a specified price.

It is possible that hedging activities of funds investing in municipal securities will occur through the use of U.S. Treasury bond futures. U.S. Treasury futures contracts are futures contracts where the underlying asset is a security issued by the U.S. Treasury. A fund may use U.S. Treasury futures contracts to manage the duration of its portfolio. U.S. Treasury futures contracts are subject to risks that include, among others, unanticipated changes in interest rates and margin requirements, which include the risk that a fund will be required to pay additional margin or set assign additional collateral to maintain open derivatives positions.

Special Risks of Transactions in Futures The primary risks associated with the use of futures contracts are (a) the imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the instruments held by a fund and the price of the futures contract; (b) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for a futures contract and the resulting inability to close a futures contract when desired; (c) losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited; (d) the investment adviser’s inability to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates, and other economic factors; and (e) the risk of loss in the event of bankruptcy of its futures commission merchant.

In addition, the funds are subject to “fellow-customer risk,” which is the risk that one or more customers of a futures commission merchant will default on their obligations and that the resulting losses will be so great that the futures commission merchant will default on its obligations and that margin posted by one customer will be used to cover a loss caused by a different customer.

There are rules that generally prohibit the use of one customer’s funds to meet the obligations of another customer and that limit the ability to use customer margin posted by non-defaulting customers to satisfy losses caused by defaulting customers by requiring the futures commission merchant to use its own funds to meet a defaulting customer’s obligations. While a customer’s loss would likely need to be substantial before other customers would be exposed to fellow-customer risk, these rules nevertheless permit the commingling of margin and do not limit the mutualization of customer losses from investment losses, custodial failures, fraud, or other causes. If the loss is so great that, notwithstanding the application of the futures commission merchant’s own funds, there is a shortfall in the amount of customer funds required to be held in segregation, the futures commission merchant could default and be placed into bankruptcy. In these circumstances, the Bankruptcy Code provides that non-defaulting customers will share pro rata in any shortfall. A shortfall in customer segregated funds may also make the transfer of the accounts of non-defaulting customers to another futures commission merchant more difficult.

Foreign Futures and Options

Participation in foreign futures and foreign options transactions involves the execution and clearing of trades on, or subject to the rules of, a foreign board of trade. Neither the National Futures Association (NFA) nor any domestic exchange regulates activities of any foreign boards of trade, including the execution, delivery, and clearing of transactions, or has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of a foreign board of trade or any applicable foreign law. This is true even if the exchange is formally linked to a domestic market so that a position taken on the market may be liquidated by a transaction on another market. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the foreign futures or foreign

73

options transaction occurs. Although certain foreign futures exchanges may be required to register with the CFTC as a foreign board of trade, the regulatory regime for foreign boards of trade differs from that of a U.S. futures exchange registered with the CFTC as a designated contract market. For these reasons, when the funds trade foreign futures or foreign options contracts, they may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC’s regulations, and the rules of the NFA and any domestic exchange, including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided by the NFA or any domestic futures exchange. In particular, proceeds derived from foreign futures or foreign options transactions may not be provided the same protections as proceeds derived from transactions on U.S. futures exchanges. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon, may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time the funds’ orders are placed and the time they are liquidated, offset, or exercised.

Swap Agreements

The funds may enter into swap agreements with respect to securities, futures, currencies, indices, commodities, inflation, interest rates, and other instruments.

Swap agreements are typically two-party contracts entered into by the fund and a counterparty, such as a broker or a dealer, for a specified period of time. In a standard bilateral swap transaction, two parties agree on the terms to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on a particular predetermined index, currency or other investment. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” e.g., the return or increase in a value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or inflation rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a particular security or “basket” of securities representing a particular index. The notional amount of the swap agreement is only used to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange.

The funds may enter into swap agreements on either a bilateral basis or a cleared basis. In bilateral swap transactions, all aspects of an agreed trade are dealt with directly between the transacting parties and set forth in the agreements between the parties. Each party takes on the risk, known as counterparty risk, that the other party may default at some time during the life of the contract. Collateral for bilateral agreements is exchanged but subject to negotiations between the counterparties. With centralized clearing, the original buyer and seller of a contract are no longer counterparties to each other. The central clearinghouse becomes the buyer to every seller and the seller to every buyer. These trades require daily settlements of margin to act as collateral to mitigate counterparty risk. Swaps that are not cleared involve substantially more counterparty risk relative to non-cleared swaps.

The funds may also enter into options on swap agreements, commonly referred to as “swaptions,” on the types of swaps listed above as well as swap forwards. A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel, or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement at some designated future time on specified terms. The funds may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. A swap forward is an agreement to enter into a swap agreement at some point in the future, usually in three to six months.

Special Risks of Swaps The use of swap agreements by the funds entails certain risks. Whether a swap agreement will be successful will depend on the adviser’s ability to correctly predict whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Interest rate and currency swaps could result in losses if interest rate or currency changes are not correctly anticipated by the funds. Total return swaps could result in losses if the reference index, security, or other investments do not perform as anticipated by the funds. Credit default swaps could result in losses if the funds do not correctly evaluate the creditworthiness of the company on which the credit default swap is based.

Depending on the terms of the particular swaption, a fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than when it purchases a swaption. When the fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the fund writes a swaption, it will become obligated, upon exercise of the option, according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

Because swaps are two-party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered illiquid. Moreover, the funds bear the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The funds will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. Swap agreements also bear the risk that a fund will not be able to meet it payment obligations to the counterparty. Restrictions imposed by the tax rules applicable to

74

regulated investment companies may limit the fund’s abilities to use swap agreements. The CFTC regulates trading activity in swaps whereas the SEC regulates trading activity in security-based swaps.

Inflation Swap Agreements Inflation swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to pay the cumulative percentage increase in a price index (the Consumer Price Index with respect to CPI swaps) over the term of the swap (with some lag on the inflation index), and the other pays a compounded fixed rate. Inflation swap agreements may be used to protect the net asset value of a fund against an unexpected change in the rate of inflation measured by an inflation index since the value of these agreements is expected to increase if unexpected inflation increases.

Interest Rate Swaps, Caps, Floors and Futures A fund may enter into various transactions, such as interest rate swaps and the purchase or sale of interest rate caps and floors. Interest rate swaps are transactions in which each party makes periodic interest payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate, index or asset in return for periodic payments from its counterparty based on a different fixed or variable interest rate, index or asset. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index rises above a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap.

A fund expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the fund anticipates purchasing at a later date. A fund generally will use these transactions primarily as a hedge and not as a speculative investment. However, a fund may also invest in interest rate swaps to enhance income or to increase the fund’s yield during periods of steep interest rate yield curves (i.e., wide differences between short-term and long-term interest rates). In an interest rate swap, a fund may exchange with another party their respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments). For example, if a fund holds a mortgage-backed security with an interest rate that is reset only once each year, it may swap the right to receive interest at this fixed rate for the right to receive interest at a rate that is reset every week. This would enable a fund to offset a decline in the value of the mortgage-backed security due to rising interest rates but would also limit its ability to benefit from falling interest rates. Conversely, if a fund holds a mortgage-backed security with an interest rate that is reset every week and it would like to lock in what it believes to be a high interest rate for one year, it may swap the right to receive interest at this variable weekly rate for the right to receive interest at a rate that is fixed for one year. Such a swap would protect the fund from a reduction in yield due to falling interest rates and may permit the fund to enhance its income through the positive differential between one-week and one-year interest rates, but would preclude it from taking full advantage of rising interest rates.

A fund usually will enter into interest rate swap transactions on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with the fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payment streams). Typically the parties with which a fund will enter into interest rate transactions will be broker-dealers and other financial institutions. CFTC regulations require that certain interest rate swaps be cleared by a derivatives clearing organization, and a subset of the interest rate swaps required to be cleared must also be executed on or pursuant to the rules of a registered exchange.

A fund may also enter into opposite sides of multiple interest rate swaps with respect to the same underlying reference instrument where such swaps have different effective dates with respect to interest accrual time periods. Such “paired swap transactions” may generate distributable gains (which may be characterized as ordinary income for tax purposes). In such transactions, the fund would generally enter into one or more interest rate swap agreements in which it would agree to make regular payments starting at the time the fund entered into the agreements and also enter into one or more agreements on the same underlying instrument but take the opposite position. For example, when the fund enters into such an agreement, it could initially exchange floating interest rate payments in return for fixed rate payments (initial leg). It could then enter into a subsequent agreement on the same underlying instrument exchanging fixed rate payments in return or floating interest rate payments (forward leg). The fund may use paired swap transactions to capitalize on differences between short-term and long-term interest rates and to generate current, distributable income even if such transactions could reduce a fund’s NAV. For example, a portion of a fund’s distributions may be sourced from paired swap transactions that produced current distributable ordinary income for tax purposes on the initial leg. The fund could then realize a capital loss on the forward leg to the extent that there is not a corresponding offsetting capital gain from other sources. If a fund generates capital losses without corresponding offsetting capital gains, portions of the fund’s distributions recognized as ordinary income for tax

75

purposes (such as from paired swap transactions) may be economically similar to a taxable return of capital when considered together with such capital losses.

A fund may also invest in interest rate swap futures, which are instruments that provide a way to obtain swap exposure and the benefits of futures in one contract. Swap futures are futures contracts on interest rate swaps that enable purchasers to settle in cash at a future date at the price determined by a specific benchmark rate at the end of a fixed period.

The funds face counterparty risk with respect to their counterparties to non-cleared interest rate swaps and interest rate caps and floors. The typical counterparties for a fund’s non-cleared interest rate derivatives transactions are swap dealers and other creditworthy entities that have substantial capital or that have provided the fund with a third-party guaranty or other credit support. If there is a default by the counterparty to an interest rate swap transaction, a fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. Caps and floors, however, have lower overall liquidity than swaps. Certain federal income tax requirements may limit a fund’s ability to engage in certain interest rate transactions. Gains from transactions in interest rate swaps distributed to shareholders will generally be taxable as ordinary income or, in certain circumstances, as long-term capital gains to shareholders.

Credit Default Swap Agreements and Similar Instruments Certain funds may enter into credit default swap agreements and similar agreements (including options based on a credit default swap index) and may also buy other credit-linked derivatives. Credit default swaps are agreements where one party (the protection buyer) will make periodic payments to another party (the protection seller) in exchange for protection against specified credit events, such as defaults and bankruptcies related to an issuer or underlying credit instrument. The funds may enter into credit default swaps that reference the obligations of a single entity (single-name CDS) or the obligations of entities that make up an index (CDX). References to “credit default swaps” shall collectively refer to single-name CDS and CDX. CDX allows an investor to manage credit risk or take a position on a basket of credit entities (such as credit default swaps or a reference index) rather than transacting in a single-name CDS. CFTC regulations require that certain CDX be cleared by a derivatives clearing organization, and a subset of credit default swaps required to be cleared must also be executed on or pursuant to the rules of a registered exchange.

The credit default swap agreement or similar instrument may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by a fund. Credit default swaps and similar instruments involve greater risks than if a fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, they are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, and credit event risk. A buyer also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. There may also be disputes between the buyer and seller of a credit default swap agreement or within the swaps market as a whole as to whether a credit event has occurred or what the payment should be. Such disputes could result in litigation or other delays, and the outcome could be adverse for the buyer or seller. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the up front or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the fund. When a fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap or a similar instrument, it is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage since, if a credit event occurs, the seller may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the contract net of any amounts owed by the buyer related to its delivery of deliverable obligations.

Total Return Swap Agreements Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities, or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swaps on a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices may sometimes be referred to as “contracts for difference.” Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the fund thereunder. Swap agreements also bear the risk that the fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with the fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payment streams).

There are other types of securities that are or may become available that are similar to the foregoing, and the funds may invest in these securities.

76

Currency Derivatives

The funds may use currency derivatives for a variety of purposes, such as, but not limited to, settling trades in a foreign currency, attempting to protect a fund’s holdings from unfavorable changes in currency exchange rates, enhance returns, and various currency hedging techniques (e.g., gaining exposure to a currency expected to appreciate in value versus other currencies). The currency derivatives may include currency forwards, futures, options, or swaps.

Foreign Exchange Transactions A fund may engage in spot and forward foreign exchange transactions and currency swaps, purchase and sell options on currencies, and purchase and sell currency futures and related options thereon (collectively, “Currency Instruments”) for purposes of hedging against the decline in the value of currencies in which its portfolio holdings are denominated against the U.S. dollar or, with respect to certain funds, to seek to enhance returns. Such transactions could be effected with respect to hedges on foreign dollar-denominated securities owned by a fund, sold by a fund but not yet delivered, or committed or anticipated to be purchased by a fund. As an illustration, a fund may use such techniques to hedge the stated value in U.S. dollars of an investment in a yen-denominated security. In such circumstances, for example, the fund may purchase a foreign currency put option enabling it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date. To the extent the hedge is successful, a loss in the value of the yen relative to the dollar will tend to be offset by an increase in the value of the put option. To offset, in whole or in part, the cost of acquiring such a put option, the fund may also sell a call option that, if exercised, requires it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date (a technique called a “straddle”). By selling such a call option in this illustration, the fund gives up the opportunity to profit without limit from increases in the relative value of the yen to the dollar. Straddles of the type that may be used by a fund are considered to constitute hedging transactions.

Forward Foreign Exchange Transactions Forward foreign exchange transactions are OTC contracts to purchase or sell a specified amount of a specified currency or multinational currency unit at a price and future date set at the time of the contract. Spot foreign exchange transactions are similar but are settled in the current, or “spot”, market. A fund will enter into foreign exchange transactions for purposes of hedging either a specific transaction or a portfolio position or, with respect to certain funds, to seek to enhance returns. Forward foreign exchange transactions involve substantial currency risk, credit event risk and illiquidity risk. A fund may enter into a foreign exchange transaction for purposes of hedging a specific transaction by, for example, purchasing a currency needed to settle a security transaction or selling a currency in which the fund has received or anticipates receiving a dividend or distribution. A fund may enter into a foreign exchange transaction for purposes of hedging a portfolio position by selling forward a currency in which a portfolio position of the fund is denominated or by purchasing a currency in which the fund anticipates acquiring a portfolio position in the near future. A fund may also hedge portfolio positions through other types of currency derivatives. A fund may also engage in proxy hedging transactions to reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of portfolio securities. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the fund is exposed is difficult to hedge or to hedge against the U.S. dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a forward contract to sell a currency whose changes in value are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the fund’s securities are, or are expected to be, denominated, and to buy U.S. dollars. Proxy hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. In addition, there is the risk that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that a fund is engaged in proxy hedging. A fund may also cross-hedge currencies by entering into forward contracts to sell one or more currencies that are expected to decline in value relative to other currencies to which the fund has or to which the fund expects to have portfolio exposure. For example, a fund may hold both Canadian government bonds and Japanese government bonds, and T. Rowe Price may believe that Canadian dollars will deteriorate against Japanese yen. The fund would sell Canadian dollars to reduce its exposure to that currency and buy Japanese yen. This strategy would be a hedge against a decline in the value of Canadian dollars, although it would expose the fund to declines in the value of the Japanese yen relative to the U.S. dollar. Forward foreign exchange transactions involve substantial currency risk and also involve credit and illiquidity risk. A fund may also hedge a currency by entering into a transaction in a Currency Instrument denominated in a currency other than the currency being hedged (a “cross-hedge”).

Some of the forward foreign currency contracts entered into by the funds are classified as non-deliverable forwards (NDFs). NDFs are cash-settled, short-term forward contracts that may be thinly traded or are denominated in non-convertible foreign currency, where the profit or loss at the time at the settlement date is calculated by taking the difference between the agreed-upon exchange rate and the spot rate at the time of settlement, for an agreed-upon notional amount of funds. All NDFs have a fixing date and a settlement date. The fixing date is the date at which the difference between the prevailing market

77

exchange rate and the agreed-upon exchange rate is calculated. The settlement date is the date by which the payment of the difference is due to the party receiving payment. NDFs are commonly quoted for time periods of one month up to two years and are normally quoted and settled in U.S. dollars. They are often used to gain exposure to and/or hedge exposure to foreign currencies that are not internationally traded.

Currency Futures A fund may seek to enhance returns or hedge against the decline in the value of a currency through use of currency futures or options on currency futures. Currency futures are similar to forward foreign exchange transactions except that futures are standardized, exchange-traded contracts while forward foreign exchange transactions are traded in the OTC market. Currency futures involve substantial currency risk as well as the risks discussed above in “Futures Contracts – Special Risks of Transactions in Futures.”

Currency Options A fund may seek to enhance returns or hedge against the decline in the value of a currency through the use of currency options. Currency options are similar to options on securities. For example, in consideration for an option premium the writer of a currency option is obligated to sell (in the case of a call option) or purchase (in the case of a put option) a specified amount of a specified currency on or before the expiration date for a specified amount of another currency. A fund may engage in transactions in options on currencies either on exchanges or OTC markets. See “Options” above. Currency options involve substantial currency risk, and may also involve credit event risk or illiquidity risk.

Currency Swaps A fund may enter into currency swaps in order to protect against currency fluctuations or to hedge portfolio positions. Currency swaps are transactions in which one currency is simultaneously bought for a second currency on a spot basis and sold for the second currency on a forward basis. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the rights of a fund and another party to make or receive payments in specified currencies, and typically require the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. As a result, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations.

Limitations on Currency Transactions Hedging transactions involving Currency Instruments involve substantial risks, including correlation risk. While a fund’s use of Currency Instruments to effect hedging strategies is intended to reduce the volatility of the net asset value of the fund’s shares, the use of such hedging strategies will not prevent the net asset value of the fund’s shares from fluctuating . Moreover, although Currency Instruments will be used with the intention of hedging against adverse currency movements, transactions in Currency Instruments involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted and that the fund’s hedging strategies will be ineffective. To the extent that a fund hedges against anticipated currency movements that do not occur, the fund may realize losses and decrease its total return as the result of its hedging transactions. Furthermore, a fund will only engage in hedging activities from time to time and may not be engaging in hedging activities when movements in currency exchange rates occur.

In connection with its trading in forward foreign currency contracts, a fund will contract with a foreign or domestic bank, or foreign or domestic securities dealer, to make or take future delivery of a specified amount of a particular currency. There are no limitations on daily price moves in such forward contracts, and banks and dealers are not required to continue to make markets in such contracts. There have been periods during which certain banks or dealers have refused to quote prices for such forward contracts or have quoted prices with an unusually wide spread between the price at which the bank or dealer is prepared to buy and that at which it is prepared to sell.

Governmental imposition of currency controls might limit any such forward contract trading. With respect to its trading of forward contracts, if any, a fund will be subject to the risk of bank or dealer failure and the inability of, or refusal by, a bank or dealer to perform with respect to such contracts. Any such default would deprive the fund of any profit potential or force the fund to cover its commitments for resale, if any, at the then-market price and could result in a loss to the fund.

It may not be possible for a fund to hedge against currency exchange rate movements, even if correctly anticipated, in the event that (i) the currency exchange rate movement is so generally anticipated that the fund is not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an effective price, or (ii) the currency exchange rate movement relates to a market with respect to which Currency Instruments are not available and it is not possible to engage in effective foreign currency hedging. The cost to a fund of engaging in foreign currency transactions varies with such factors as the currencies involved, the length of the contract period, and the market conditions then prevailing. Since transactions in foreign currency exchange usually are conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved.

78

Combined Positions

Certain funds may purchase and write options in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, a fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument, in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Regulation of Derivatives

The CFTC’s rules limit the ability of a fund to use commodity futures and options contracts, CFTC-regulated swaps and certain other derivatives (CFTC Derivatives) if its investment adviser does not register with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator (CPO) with respect to the fund. The Price Funds currently intend to normally execute their investment programs within the limits and exclusions prescribed by the CFTC’s rules by limiting their direct investments in CFTC Derivatives to the extent necessary for T. Rowe Price to claim exclusion from regulation as a CPO with respect to the Price Funds pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5. To comply with the exclusion in accordance with Rule 4.5, each Price Fund will limit its trading activity in CFTC Derivatives (excluding activity for “bona fide hedging purposes,” as defined by the CFTC) such that it meets one of the following tests: (1) the aggregate initial margin deposits and premium required to establish positions in CFTC Derivatives do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of such fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that they have entered into, provided, however, that in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation; or (2) the aggregate net notional value of such fund’s positions in CFTC Derivatives does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of such Price Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on such positions.

T. Rowe Price is currently registered with the CFTC as a CPO and a commodity trading advisor (CTA). While T. Rowe Price is registered as a CPO with respect to certain funds, it relies on Rule 4.12(c)(3) with respect to such funds, which provides “harmonization” relief with respect to certain CFTC recordkeeping, reporting, and disclosure requirements. Price International is also registered with the CFTC as a CTA. If the CFTC or other regulatory authorities adopt different (including less stringent) or additional restrictions, the funds would comply with such new restrictions. While T. Rowe Price continues to rely on the Rule 4.5 exclusion with respect to other funds in the Price Funds Complex, this may change in the future in the event one of the funds engages in transactions that make Rule 4.5 no longer available for such fund. Compliance with additional CFTC regulatory requirements may increase the applicable fund’s expenses.

Federal Tax Treatment of Certain Derivatives

The funds may enter into certain derivative contracts, such as options, futures, forward foreign exchange contracts, and swaps, including options and futures on currencies. Entering into such transactions can affect the timing and character of the income and gains realized by the funds and the timing and character of fund distributions.

Such contracts, if they qualify as Section 1256 contracts, will be considered to have been closed at the end of the funds’ taxable years and any gains or losses will be recognized for tax purposes at that time. Section 1256 contracts include regulated futures contracts and certain broad-based index options traded on a qualified board or exchange, but generally exclude swaps. Gains or losses from a Section 1256 contract (as well as gains or losses from the normal closing or settlement of such transactions) will be characterized as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss regardless of the holding period of the instrument (ordinary income or loss for foreign exchange contracts). The funds will be required to distribute net gains on such transactions to shareholders even though the funds may not have closed the transaction and received cash to pay such distributions.

Certain derivatives which offset another security in the fund, including options, futures, and forward exchange contracts on currencies, which offset a foreign dollar-denominated bond or currency position, may be considered straddles for tax purposes. Generally, a loss on any position in a straddle will be subject to deferral to the extent of any unrealized gain in an offsetting position. For securities that were held for one year or less at inception of the straddle, the holding period may be deemed not to begin until the straddle is terminated. If securities comprising a straddle have been held for more than one year at inception of the straddle, losses on offsetting positions may be treated as entirely long-term capital losses even if the offsetting positions have been held for less than one year. However, a fund may choose to comply with certain identification

79

requirements for offsetting positions that are components of a straddle. Losses with respect to identified positions are not deferred: rather the basis of the identified position that offsets the loss position is increased.

In order for the funds to continue to qualify for federal income tax treatment as regulated investment companies, at least 90% of their gross income for a taxable year must be derived from qualifying income, e.g., generally dividends, interest, income derived from loans of securities, and gains from the sale of securities or currencies. Tax regulations could be issued limiting the extent to which the net gain realized from options, futures, swaps, or forward foreign exchange contracts on currencies is qualifying income for purposes of the 90% requirement. The funds may also enter into swaps referencing commodities, commodity indices, or commodity exchange-traded funds. The income or gains from such commodity swaps may not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% requirement.

Entering into certain derivatives may result in a “constructive sale” of offsetting stocks or debt securities of the funds. In such a case, the funds will be required to realize gain, but not loss, on the deemed sale of such positions as if the position were sold on that date. The funds may also enter into short sales of securities directly or through the use of options. Any gains or losses from short sales are typically treated as short-term capital gains or losses, as the case may be. As a result, a fund’s ordinary dividends subject to ordinary income tax rates may be increased or decreased by such gains or losses.

For certain derivatives the IRS has not issued comprehensive rules relating to the timing and character of income and gains realized on such contracts. It is possible that new tax legislations and new IRS regulations could result in changes to the amounts recorded by the funds, potentially resulting in tax consequences to the funds.

Environmental, Social, and Governance Factors

The Price Advisers integrate environmental, social, and governance (ESG) factors into its investment research processes for certain funds and investments, with a focus on the ESG factors considered most likely to have a material impact on the performance of the holdings in a fund’s portfolio. The funds’ analysts and portfolio managers have primary responsibility for integrating ESG considerations into investment decisions and are supported by a team of dedicated in-house ESG specialists. The ESG specialists have developed a proprietary research tool to establish a comprehensive process for evaluating ESG factors across investments, including a model that systematically and proactively screens and evaluates the responsible investing profile of companies and other issuers using multiple data sets from internal sources, company reports, and select third-party providers. The evaluation of ESG factors is unique for each asset class based on the relevant ESG characteristics and level of available data, and is highly dependent on the country, industry, company, and management of the investment being analyzed. For certain types of investments, including, but not limited to, cash, currency positions, and particular types of derivatives, an ESG analysis may not be relevant or possible due to a lack of data. We may conclude that other attributes of an investment outweigh ESG considerations when making investment decisions for a fund. As a result, the particular factors considered with each investment in the research process will vary, but may include the following:

· Long-term environmental considerations, such as regulation and the availability and costs of raw materials, water, energy;

· A company’s incentive structure and how closely aligned it is with stated corporate strategy;

· Supply chain risks, work stoppages, and labor controversies;

· The quality and diversity of a company’s Board;

· The current and potential regulatory environment, particularly with respect to highly regulated industries or controversial situations; and

· The relative quality of a company’s disclosures, its degree of focus on investors’ interests, and its philosophy regarding stakeholder communications and engagement.

The ESG factors discussed herein may not be applied or analyzed with respect to each issuer or security invested in by the fund. A fund may underperform other similar funds that do not apply or analyze ESG factors in the investment process. A fund may invest in issuers or securities that do not reflect the views of any particular investor’s views of ESG. To the extent

80

T. Rowe Price uses third-party vendor services and/or its own proprietary research platform, such resulting data may not be sufficiently available, complete, or accurate and thus could negatively affect the fund’s performance.

Lending of Portfolio Securities

As a means of earning additional income, the funds may lend their portfolio securities to broker-dealers, institutional investors, or other persons pursuant to agreements requiring that the loans be continuously secured by collateral at least equal at all times to the value of the securities lent, marked to market on a daily basis. The collateral received will consist of cash, U.S. government securities, letters of credit, or such other collateral as may be permitted under the funds’ investment programs. The collateral, in turn, is invested in short-term securities, including shares of a T. Rowe Price internal money market fund. While the securities are being lent, the funds making the loan will continue to receive the equivalent of the reasonable interest and the dividends or other distributions paid by the issuer on the securities, as well as a portion of the interest on the investment of the collateral. Normally, the funds employ an agent to implement their securities lending program, and the agent receives a reasonable fee from the funds for its services. The funds have a right to call each loan and obtain the securities within such period of time that coincides with the normal settlement period for purchases and sales of such securities in the respective markets. The funds will not have the right to vote on securities while they are being lent, but they may call a loan in anticipation of any important vote, when practical. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, consist of a possible default by the borrower, delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities, or possible loss of rights in the collateral, should the borrower fail financially. Loans will be made only if, in the judgment of T. Rowe Price, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk. Additionally, the funds bear the risk that the reinvestment of collateral will result in a principal loss. Finally, there is also the risk that the price of the securities will increase while they are on loan and the collateral will not adequately cover their value.

Borrowing and Lending

The Price Funds may rely upon an interfund lending exemptive order received from the SEC on December 8, 1998, amended on November 23, 1999, that permits the funds to borrow money from and/or lend money to other funds in the Price Complex to help the funds meet short-term redemptions and liquidity needs. All loans are set at an interest rate between the rates charged on overnight repurchase agreements and short-term bank loans. All loans are subject to numerous conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of all participating funds. The program is subject to the oversight and periodic review of the funds’ Board.

In addition, to help certain funds meet short-term redemptions and liquidity needs, the Floating Rate ETF, together with other mutual funds and foreign investment funds managed by T. Rowe Price or an affiliate, entered into a 364 day, $1.3 billion committed line of credit facility with a group of lenders pursuant to which the U.S. funds may borrow up to $1.15 billion in order to provide them with temporary liquidity on a first-come, first-served basis. Interest is charged to a borrowing fund at a variable rate. The fund is charged its pro rata share of commitment fees on the aggregate commitment fees amount based on its net assets. Loans will generally be unsecured; however, the fund will be required to collateralize any borrowings under the facility on an equivalent basis if it has other collateralized borrowings.

Repurchase Agreements

The funds may enter into a repurchase agreement through which an investor (such as the funds) purchases securities (known as the “underlying security”) from well-established securities dealers or banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System. Any such dealer or bank will be on T. Rowe Price’s approved list. At that time, the bank or securities dealer agrees to repurchase the underlying security at the same price, plus specified interest. Repurchase agreements are generally for a short period of time, often less than a week. Repurchase agreements that do not provide for payment within seven days will be treated as illiquid investments. The funds will enter into repurchase agreements only where (1) the underlying securities are of the type (excluding maturity limitations) that the funds’ investment guidelines would allow them to purchase directly; (2) the market value of the underlying security, including interest accrued, will be at all times equal to or exceed the value of the repurchase agreement; and (3) payment for the underlying security is made only upon physical delivery or evidence of book-entry transfer to the account of the custodian or a bank acting as agent. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the funds could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying security and losses, including: (a) possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period while the funds seek to enforce their rights thereto, (b) possible subnormal levels of income and lack of access to income during this period,

81

and (c) expenses of enforcing their rights. To the extent required by the 1940 Act, the funds will only enter into repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized, as defined by the 1940 Act.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Although the funds have no current intention of engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, they reserve the right to do so. Reverse repurchase agreements are ordinary repurchase agreements in which a fund is the seller of, rather than the investor in, securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon time and price. Use of a reverse repurchase agreement may be preferable to a regular sale and later repurchase of the securities because it avoids certain market risks and transaction costs. A reverse repurchase agreement may be viewed as a type of borrowing by the funds, subject to Investment Restriction (1). (See “Investment Restrictions.”)

Cash Reserves

The funds may invest their cash reserves primarily in one or more money market funds established for the exclusive use of the T. Rowe Price family of funds and other clients of T. Rowe Price. Currently, two such money market funds are in operation and used for cash reserves management: the T. Rowe Price Government Reserve Fund and the T. Rowe Price Treasury Reserve Fund (TRP Cash Reserves Funds). Each is a series of the T. Rowe Price Reserve Investment Funds, Inc. Additional money market funds may be created in the future.

The TRP Cash Reserves Funds comply with the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act applicable to government money market funds.

The TRP Cash Reserves Funds provide an efficient means of managing the cash reserves of the Price Funds and investing collateral received by a fund in connection with securities lending activities. While none of the TRP Cash Reserves Funds pay an advisory fee to T. Rowe Price, each will incur other operating expenses. However, the TRP Cash Reserves Funds are expected by T. Rowe Price to operate at very low expense ratios. The Price Funds will only invest in the TRP Cash Reserves Funds to the extent consistent with their investment objectives and programs.

The funds could lose money by investing in the TRP Cash Reserves Funds. Although the TRP Cash Reserves Funds seek to preserve the value of an investment at $1.00 per share, they cannot guarantee they will do so. An investment in a TRP Cash Reserves Fund is not a bank account and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Price Associates is not required to reimburse the TRP Cash Reserves Funds for losses, and you should not expect that Price Associates will provide financial support to the TRP Cash Reserves Funds at any time, including during periods of market stress.

Short Sales

Floating Rate ETF and U.S. High Yield ETF

While most Price Funds are permitted to take short positions through various types of derivatives, these funds are also permitted to enter into short sales involving individual securities. Short sales are transactions in which the funds sell a security they do not already own, typically in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security. Short sales are typically executed through a prime broker or in the absence of a primer broker relationship with the use of a repurchase agreement. In order to complete a short-sale transaction, the funds must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The funds then are obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the fund. Until the security is replaced, the funds are required to pay to the lender amounts equal to any dividends or interest which accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the funds also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale may be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. A fund secures its obligation to replace borrowed securities by also depositing collateral with the broker, usually in cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid securities similar to those borrowed.

Until the funds replace a borrowed security in connection with a short sale, the funds will: (a) maintain daily a segregated account, containing cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid securities as permitted by the SEC, at such a level that the amount deposited in the account plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will equal the current value of the security sold short; or (b) otherwise cover its short position.

82

The funds will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security sold short increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the funds replace the borrowed security. The funds will realize a gain if the security sold short declines in price between those dates. This result is the opposite of what one would expect from a cash purchase of a long position in a security. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends, or interest the funds may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. Any gain or loss on the security sold short would be separate from a gain or loss on the funds’ security being hedged by the short sale.

For these funds, no securities will be sold short if, after the effect is given to any such short sale, the total market value of all securities sold short would exceed 2% of the value of the funds’ net assets (any short positions established through derivatives are not subject to this limit).

Liquidity Risk Management Rule

Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act requires, among other things, certain open-end investment companies, such as the Price Funds, to adopt a liquidity risk management program that is reasonably designed to assess and manage liquidity risk. Such funds are also required to provide additional disclosures about a fund’s redemptions and liquidity risk. As required by the rule, the Price Funds implemented a liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”), pursuant to which each investment has been classified as “highly liquid,” “moderately liquid,” “less liquid,” or “illiquid” investment. The Board of each fund, including a majority of the independent directors, has appointed T. Rowe Price as the administrator of the Liquidity Program.

Each Price Fund’s fundamental and operating policies are included below, although each Price Fund’s investments may be subject to further restrictions and operating policies described in its prospectus. Fundamental policies may not be changed without the approval of the lesser of (1) 67% of the funds’ shares present at a meeting of shareholders if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy or (2) more than 50% of the funds’ outstanding shares. Other restrictions in the form of operating policies are subject to change by the funds’ Board without shareholder approval. Any investment restriction that involves a maximum percentage of securities or assets shall not be considered to be violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition of securities or assets of, or borrowings by, the funds. With the exception of the diversification test required by the Code, calculation of the funds’ total assets for compliance with any of the following fundamental or operating policies or any other investment restrictions set forth in the funds’ prospectuses or this SAI will not include collateral held in connection with securities lending activities. For purposes of the tax diversification test, calculation of the funds’ total assets will include investments made with cash received by the funds as collateral for securities loaned.

Fundamental Policies

(1) Borrowing The funds may not borrow money, except that the funds may (i) borrow for non-leveraging, temporary, or emergency purposes; and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements and make other investments or engage in other transactions, which may involve a borrowing, in a manner consistent with the funds’ investment objectives and programs, provided that the combination of (i) and (ii) shall not exceed 33⅓% of the value of the funds’ total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings) or such other percentage permitted by law. This limitation applies at the time of the transaction and continues to the extent required by the 1940 Act.

(2) Commodities The funds may not purchase or sell commodities, except to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(3) (a) Industry Concentration (All Funds Except QM U.S. Bond ETF) The funds may not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of the funds’ net assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry;

 (b) Industry Concentration (QM U.S. Bond ETF) The funds may not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of the fund’s net assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry, except that the fund will invest more than 25% of the value of its net assets in issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry to the extent necessary to replicate the index that the fund uses as its benchmark as set forth in its prospectus;

83

(4) Loans The funds may not make loans, although the funds may (i) lend portfolio securities and participate in an interfund lending program with other Price Funds provided that no such loan may be made if, as a result, the aggregate of such loans would exceed 33⅓% of the value of the funds’ total assets; (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements; and (iii) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities and purchase debt;

(5) Percent Limit on Assets Invested in Any One Issuer (All Funds Except Capital Appreciation Equity ETF, Growth ETF, and Technology ETF) The funds may not purchase a security if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the value of the funds’ total assets, more than 5% of the value of the funds’ total assets would be invested in the securities of a single issuer, except for cash; securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, or instrumentalities; and securities of other investment companies.

(6) Percent Limit on Share Ownership of Any One Issuer (All Funds Except Capital Appreciation Equity ETF, Growth ETF, and Technology ETF) The funds may not purchase a security if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the value of the funds’ total assets, more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer would be held by the funds (other than cash; securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, or instrumentalities; and securities of other investment companies).

(7) Real Estate The funds may not purchase or sell real estate, including limited partnership interests therein, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the funds from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business).

(8) Senior Securities The funds may not issue senior securities except in compliance with the 1940 Act.

(9) Underwriting The funds may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that the funds may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act in connection with the purchase and sale of fund portfolio securities in the ordinary course of pursuing their investment programs.

NOTES

The following notes should be read in connection with the above-described fundamental policies. The notes are not fundamental policies.

With respect to investment restriction (1) on borrowing, any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law. The funds may borrow from banks, other funds in the Price Complex, or other persons to the extent permitted by applicable law.

With respect to investment restrictions (1) on borrowing and (8) on senior securities, under the 1940 Act, open-end investment companies (such as the Price Funds) can borrow money from a bank provided that immediately after such borrowing there is asset coverage of at least 300% for all borrowings. If the asset coverage falls below 300%, the investment company must, within three days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays), reduce the amount of its borrowings to satisfy the 300% requirement. Any borrowings by a Price Fund from a bank and transactions by a Price Fund that may be considered to result in the issuance of a senior security will comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, including any interpretations of the 1940 Act by the SEC or the SEC staff. Any borrowings from other Price Funds will comply with the terms and conditions of the Price Funds’ interfund lending exemptive order.

With respect to investment restriction (2) on commodities, the funds do not consider currency contracts or hybrid investments to be commodities. With respect to investment restriction (2), the funds may not directly purchase or sell commodities that require physical storage unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, but the funds may invest in any derivatives and other financial instruments that involve commodities or represent interests in commodities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or other applicable law.

With respect to investment restriction (3) on industry concentration, U.S., state, or local governments, or related agencies or instrumentalities are not considered an industry. Bonds that are refunded with escrowed U.S. government securities are not subject to the 25% limitation. Furthermore, each fund will define industries according to any one or more widely recognized third-party providers and/or as defined by the investment adviser. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to each fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

84

All funds except QM U.S. Bond ETF with respect to restriction (4) on loans, the funds will consider the acquisition of a debt security to include the execution of a note or other evidence of an extension of credit with a term of more than nine months.

With respect to investment restrictions (5) and (6) on diversification, the funds will treat bonds that are refunded with escrowed U.S. government securities as U.S. government securities.

Operating Policies

(1) Borrowing The funds may not transfer portfolio securities as collateral except as necessary in connection with permissible borrowings or investments, and then such transfers may not exceed 33⅓% of its total assets.

(2) Control of Portfolio Companies The funds may not invest in companies for the purpose of exercising management or control.

(3) Illiquid Investment The funds may not acquire an illiquid investment if, immediately after the acquisition, the fund would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in such investments.

(4) Investment Companies The funds may not purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except (i) securities of the TRP Reserve Funds (ii) securities of other Price Funds (iii) in the case of the Money Market Funds, only securities of other money market funds; or (iv) otherwise consistent with the 1940 Act.

(5) Margin The funds may not purchase securities on margin, except (i) for use of short-term credit necessary for clearance of purchases of portfolio securities and (ii) they may make margin deposits in connection with futures contracts or other permissible investments.

(6) Mortgaging The funds may not mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, or, in any manner, transfer any security owned by the funds as security for indebtedness, except as may be necessary in connection with permissible borrowings or investments, and then such mortgaging, pledging, or hypothecating may not exceed 33⅓% of the funds’ total assets at the time of borrowing or investment.

(7) Oil and Gas Programs The funds may not purchase participations or other direct interests in or enter into leases with respect to oil, gas, or other mineral exploration or development programs if, as a result thereof, more than 5% of the value of the total assets of the funds would be invested in such programs.

(8) (a) Short Sales (All funds except Floating Rate ETF and U.S. High Yield ETF) The funds may not effect short sales of securities.

 (b) Short Sales (Floating Rate ETF and U.S. High Yield ETF) The funds may not effect short sales of securities, unless the total market value of all securities sold short do not exceed 2% of the fund’s net assets (any short positions established through derivatives are not subject to this limit).

(9) Warrants The funds may not invest in warrants if, as a result, more than 10% of the value of the fund’s net assets would be invested in warrants.

(10) (a) Mortgage-Backed Securities (Total Return ETF only) The fund may not invest in privately issued mortgage-backed securities if, as a result, more than 25% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in such instruments;

 (b) Stripped Mortgage Securities (Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF only) The fund may not invest in stripped mortgage securities if, as a result, more than 10% of its total assets would be invested in such instruments.

 (c) Asset- and Mortgage-Backed Securities (Floating Rate ETF and U.S. High Yield ETF) The funds may not invest in securitized instruments, including mortgage- and asset- backed securities, if, as a result, more than 10% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in such instruments.

(11) (a) Equity Securities (Floating Rate ETF and Total Return ETF) The funds may not under normal conditions, directly purchase common stocks; however, the funds may occasionally hold shares of common stock that were received through a reorganization, restructuring, exercise, exchange, conversion, or similar action. Any shares of common stock that are received through a reorganization, restructuring, exercise, exchange, conversion, or similar action will be sold within a reasonable timeframe taking into consideration market conditions and any legal restrictions.

85

 (b) Equity Securities (Floating Rate ETF and U.S. High Yield ETF) The funds may not invest in equity securities, including common and preferred stocks and securities that are convertible into, or which carry warrants for, common stocks or other equity securities if, as a result, more than 20% of the fund’s net assets would be invested in such securities.

(12) Convertible Securities and Warrants (Floating Rate ETF and Total Return ETF) The funds may not invest in preferred stocks and securities that are convertible into, or that carry warrants for, common stocks or other equity securities if, as a result, more than 10% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in such securities.

(13) Currency Derivatives (Floating Rate ETF, Total Return ETF, and U.S. High Yield ETF) The funds may not commit more than 20% of its total assets to any combination of currency derivatives.

(14) Trade Claims (Floating Rate ETF and U.S. High Yield ETF) The funds may not invest in trade claims if, as a result, more than 10% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in such instruments.

(15) Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Securities (Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF only) The fund may not invest in non-U.S. dollar-denominated foreign debt instruments if, as a result, more than 10% of the fund’s total assets (excluding reserves) would be invested in such instruments.

(16) Loan Participation and Assignments (U.S. High Yield ETF only) The fund may not invest in bank loans (including loan participations and assignments) if, as a result, more than 20% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in such instruments.

(17) Loans The funds may not make loans to T. Rowe Price and its affiliates.

NOTES

The following notes should be read in connection with the above-described operating policies. The notes are not operating policies.

For purposes of operating policy (3), an illiquid investment is an investment that a fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the security.

For purposes of operating policy (5), margin purchases are not considered borrowings and effecting a short sale will be deemed to not constitute a margin purchase.

Foreign Investments

In addition to the fundamental restrictions and operating policies previously described, some foreign countries limit, or prohibit all direct foreign investment in the securities of their companies. However, P-notes may sometimes be used to gain access to these markets. In addition, the governments of some countries have authorized the organization of investment funds to permit indirect foreign investment in such securities. For tax purposes, these funds may be known as Passive Foreign Investment Companies.

State Street is the custodian for the funds’ securities and cash, but it does not participate in the funds’ investment decisions. Portfolio securities purchased in the United States are maintained in the custody of the bank and may be entered into the Federal Reserve Book Entry System, the security depository system of the Depository Trust Corporation, or any central depository system allowed by federal law. In addition, funds investing in foreign assets purchased outside the United States are maintained in the custody of various foreign branches of State Street and such other custodians, including foreign banks and foreign securities depositories as are approved in accordance with regulations under the 1940 Act. In addition, funds investing in municipal securities are authorized to maintain certain of their securities, in particular, variable rate demand notes, in uncertificated form, in the proprietary deposit systems of various dealers in municipal securities. Portfolio securities that are purchased outside the United States are maintained in the custody of various foreign branches of State Street and such other custodians, including foreign banks and foreign securities depositories as are approved in accordance with regulations under the 1940 Act. State Street’s main office is at One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.

86

T. Rowe Price and State Street, subject to the oversight of T. Rowe Price, each provide certain fund accounting services to the Price Funds.

The funds; their investment adviser (T. Rowe Price) and investment subadviser (Price Investment Management, Price International, Price Australia, Price Hong Kong, Price Japan, and/or Price Singapore), if applicable; and their principal underwriter (T. Rowe Price Investment Services) have adopted a written Code of Ethics and Conduct pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which requires persons with access to investment information (Access Persons) to obtain prior clearance before engaging in most personal securities transactions. Transactions must be executed within three business days of their clearance. In addition, all Access Persons must report their personal securities transactions within 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter. Aside from certain limited transactions involving securities in certain issuers with high trading volumes, Access Persons are typically not permitted to effect transactions in a security if: there are pending client orders in the security; the security has been purchased or sold by a client within seven calendar days; the security is being considered for purchase for a client; a change has occurred in T. Rowe Price’s rating of the security within seven calendar days prior to the date of the proposed transaction; or the security is subject to internal trading restrictions. In addition, Access Persons are prohibited from profiting from short-term trading (e.g., purchases and sales involving the same security within 60 days). Any person becoming an Access Person must file a statement of personal securities holdings within 10 days of the date of becoming an Access Person. All Access Persons are required to file an annual statement with respect to their personal securities holdings. Any material violation of the Code of Ethics is reported to the Board of the funds. The Board also reviews the administration of the Code of Ethics on an annual basis.

Daily Disclosure

The Price Funds disclose portfolio holdings daily in compliance with Rule 6c-11 under the 1940 Act. On each business day, before commencement of trading in shares each fund will disclose on its website the identities and quantities of its portfolio holdings. Each fund also expects to make available through the facilities of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC) a portfolio composition file, which also reflects the identities and quantities of the fund’s portfolio holdings.

Periodic Disclosure

Each Price Fund’s complete portfolio holdings as of their fiscal year-ends are disclosed in their annual Form N-CSR and their complete portfolio holdings as of their fiscal midpoint are disclosed in their semiannual Form N-CSR. The annual and semi-annual Form N-CSRs are filed with the SEC and publicly available immediately upon filing with the SEC. Additionally, the funds also publicly disclose their complete portfolio holdings as of their first and third fiscal quarter-ends on Form N-PORT. Form N-PORT is filed with the SEC each quarter, and the fund’s complete portfolio holdings as of its first and third fiscal quarter-ends are made publicly available 60 days after the end of each quarter. Forms N-CSR and N-PORT are available at troweprice.com/prospectus and are sent to shareholders upon request, free of charge. At the discretion of the investment adviser, under certain conditions, Forms N-CSR and N-PORT may include up to 5% of a fund’s holdings under the caption “Miscellaneous Securities” without identifying specific securities held by the fund. Generally, a holding would not be individually identified if it is determined that its disclosure could be harmful to the fund or its shareholders. A holding will not be excluded for these purposes from a fund’s SEC filings for more than one year.

Also, the funds generally disclose their calendar quarter-end portfolio holdings on troweprice.com 15 calendar days after each quarter-end. At the discretion of the investment adviser, these disclosures may also exclude the issuer name and other information relating to a holding in order to protect a fund’s interests and to prevent harm to the fund or its shareholders, and would instead be listed in one line as “Miscellaneous Securities” with the aggregate percentage of the fund’s total assets that they represent. Private placements and other restricted securities, if eligible investments, may not be individually identified in the holdings that are available on troweprice.com, but must be disclosed in any SEC filings. The calendar quarter-end portfolio holdings will remain on the website for one year. In addition, at the discretion of T. Rowe Price, the funds disclose their 10 largest holdings, along with the percentage of the relevant fund’s total assets that each of the 10 holdings represents,

87

on troweprice.com on the seventh business day after each month-end. These holdings are listed in numerical order based on such percentage of the fund’s assets. Each monthly top 10 list will remain on the website for six months.

Policies and Procedures

The funds’ Board has adopted policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities and the disclosure of portfolio commentary and statistical information about the funds’ portfolios and their securities. In addition, T. Rowe Price has adopted and implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the policies governing the disclosure of portfolio holdings, including the requirement to first confirm that an appropriate nondisclosure agreement has been obtained from each recipient of nonpublic holdings, the frequency with which portfolio holdings are disclosed, and the length of time required between the effective date of the holdings information and the date on which the information is disclosed, are set forth in each fund’s prospectus.

Portfolio Holdings Policies

The funds’ Board has adopted policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities. In adopting the policies, the funds’ Board took into account the views of the steering committees of the funds’ investment advisers regarding what information should be disclosed and when and to whom it should be disclosed. The funds’ Board believes the policies they have adopted are in the best interests of the funds and that they strike an appropriate balance between the desire of some persons for information about the funds’ portfolios and the need to protect the funds from potentially harmful disclosures. Additionally, each fund and each person acting on behalf of such fund will comply with and agree to be subject to the requirements of Regulation Fair Disclosure as if it applied to them.

From time to time, officers of the funds, the funds’ investment adviser (and investment subadviser, if applicable) or the funds’ distributor (collectively, “TRP”) may express their views orally or in writing on one or more of the funds’ portfolio securities or may state that the funds have recently purchased or sold one or more securities. Such views and statements may be made to members of the press; shareholders in the funds; persons considering investing in the funds; or representatives of such shareholders or potential shareholders, such as fiduciaries of a 401(k) plan or a trust and their advisers; and rating and ranking organizations such as Lipper Inc. and Morningstar, Inc. The nature and content of the views and statements provided to each of these persons may differ. The securities subject to these views and statements may be ones that were purchased or sold since the funds’ most recent quarter-end and therefore may not be reflected on the list of the funds’ most recent quarter-end portfolio holdings disclosed on the website.

Certain employees of the Adviser are responsible for interacting with Authorized Participants and liquidity providers with respect to discussing custom basket proposals as described in the Custom Baskets section of this SAI. As part of these discussions, these employees may also discuss with an Authorized Participant or liquidity provider the securities the fund is willing to accept for a creation, and securities that the fund will provide on a redemption. TRP may also discuss portfolio holdings-related information with broker/dealers in connection with settling the fund’s transactions, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with the disclosure in the funds’ current registration statements.

Additionally, TRP may provide oral or written information (portfolio commentary) about the funds, including, but not limited to, how the funds’ investments are divided among various sectors, industries, and countries; value and growth stocks; and small-, mid-, and large-cap stocks and among stocks, bonds, currencies, and cash; types of bonds; bond maturities; bond coupons; and bond credit quality ratings. This portfolio commentary may also include information on how these various weightings and factors contributed to fund performance. TRP may also provide oral or written information (statistical information) about various financial characteristics of the funds or their underlying portfolio securities including, but not limited to, alpha, beta, R-squared, duration, maturity, information ratio, Sharpe ratio, earnings growth, payout ratio, price/book value, projected earnings growth, return on equity, standard deviation, tracking error, weighted average quality, market capitalization, percent debt to equity, price to cash flow, dividend yield or growth, default rate, portfolio turnover, and risk and style characteristics. This portfolio commentary and statistical information about the funds may be based on the funds’ most recent quarter-end portfolio or on some other interim period such as month-end. The portfolio commentary and statistical information may be provided to members of the press; shareholders in the funds; persons considering investing in the funds; or representatives of such shareholders or potential shareholders, such as fiduciaries of a 401(k) plan or a trust and their advisers; and rating and ranking organizations. The content and nature of the information provided to each of these persons may differ.

88

TRP may provide aggregate liquidity metrics based on publicly disclosed portfolio holdings to shareholders or any non-shareholder whose request satisfies or serves a legitimate business purpose for the applicable fund. Any other aggregate liquidity metrics require legal or compliance approval and cannot be disclosed without an agreement with the recipient party under which the party undertakes to maintain the funds’ portfolio holdings on a confidential basis and to refrain from trading on the basis of the information.

None of the persons described above will receive any of the information described above if, in the sole judgment of TRP, the information could be used in a manner that would be harmful to the funds. The T. Rowe Price Code of Ethics contains a provision to this effect.

TRP also discloses portfolio holdings in connection with the day-to-day operations and management of the funds. Complete portfolio holdings are disclosed to the funds’ custodians, accounting vendors, and auditors. Portfolio holdings are disclosed to the funds’ pricing service vendors and other persons who provide systems or software support in connection with fund operations, including accounting, compliance support, and pricing. Portfolio holdings may also be disclosed to persons assisting the funds in the voting of proxies. In connection with managing the funds, the funds’ investment advisers and investment subadvisers may use analytical systems provided by third parties who may have access to the funds’ portfolio holdings. Insurance companies that offer shares of the certain Price Funds through variable annuity or variable life insurance contracts receive complete portfolio holdings of applicable Price Funds in order for these companies to comply with certain SEC rules. In all of these situations, the funds or TRP have entered into an agreement with the outside party under which the party undertakes to maintain the funds’ portfolio holdings on a confidential basis and to refrain from trading on the basis of the information. TRP relies on these nondisclosure agreements in determining that such disclosures are not harmful to the funds. The names of these persons and the services they provide are set forth in the following table under “Fund Service Providers.” The policies and procedures adopted by the funds’ Boards require that any additions to the list of “Fund Service Providers” be approved by specified officers at TRP. Third parties that have a legitimate business purpose in receiving such information and have a nondisclosure agreement in place, include, but are not limited to, fund analysts and rating and ranking organizations; banks or other third parties providing financing to a fund; certain platform providers; investment management trade associations; subadvisor clients; custodian and securities lending agents; bank debt-related service providers; or liquidity analytic providers. Authorized Participants may obtain information regarding the securities that the fund is willing to accept for a creation, and the securities that it is willing to provide on a redemption. When they do so, under the Participant Agreement (as defined in the “Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units” section), they must treat the information as material non-public information subject to their own codes of ethics. Similarly, brokers and dealers may obtain information on the fund’s portfolio holdings in connection with the execution and settlement of purchases and sales for the fund’s portfolio, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course.

In certain limited situations, T. Rowe Price may provide nonpublic portfolio holdings for a fund when T. Rowe Price believes that such disclosure serves a legitimate business purpose and will not be harmful to the fund. Examples include providing holdings to an institutional client (or its custodian or other agent) when the client is effecting a redemption in-kind from one of the Price Funds and in connection with trial agreements with risk analytics vendors, data providers, and other service providers in order to fully evaluate the value of their services. In these situations, T. Rowe Price makes it clear through nondisclosure agreements or other means that the recipient must ensure that the confidential information is used only as necessary to effect the redemption-in-kind or to allow T. Rowe Price to evaluate the services to be provided and that the recipient will not trade on the information and will maintain the information in a manner designed to protect against unauthorized access or misuse.

Additionally, when purchasing and selling its securities through broker-dealers, requesting bids on securities, obtaining price quotations on securities, as required by ratings and rankings organizations, as well as in connection with litigation involving the funds’ portfolio securities, the funds may disclose one or more of their securities.

Fund Service Providers

89

Equity securities, including exchange-traded funds, listed or regularly traded on a securities exchange or in the OTC market are valued at the last quoted sale price or, for certain markets, the official closing price at the time the valuations are made. OTC Bulletin Board securities are valued at the mean of the closing bid and asked prices. A security that is listed or traded on more than one exchange is valued at the quotation on the exchange determined to be the primary market for such security. Listed securities not traded on a particular day are valued at the mean of the closing bid and asked prices for domestic securities and the last quoted sale or closing price for international securities.

Debt securities are generally traded in the OTC market and are valued at prices furnished by independent pricing services or by broker dealers who make markets in such securities. When valuing securities, the independent pricing services consider

90

factors such as, but not limited to, the yield or price of bonds of comparable quality, coupon, maturity, and type, as well as prices quoted by dealers who make markets in such securities.

Investments in mutual funds are valued at the mutual fund’s closing NAV per share on the day of valuation. Listed options, and OTC options with a listed equivalent, are valued at the mean of the closing bid and asked prices and exchange-traded options on futures contracts are valued at closing settlement prices. Forward currency exchange contracts are valued using the prevailing forward exchange rate. Futures contracts are valued at closing settlement prices. Swaps are valued at prices furnished by an independent pricing service or independent swap dealers.

Investments in private investment companies are valued at the investee’s NAV per share as of the valuation date, if available. If the investee’s NAV is not available as of the valuation date or is not calculated in accordance with GAAP, the Valuation Designee (as defined below) may adjust the investee’s NAV to reflect fair value at the valuation date.

Price Funds Investing in Foreign Securities

Assets, including investments, and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollar values each day at the prevailing exchange rate, using the mean of the bid and asked prices of such currencies against U.S. dollars as provided by an outside pricing service. Purchases and sales of securities, income, and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing exchange rate on the respective date of such transaction.

Trading in the portfolio securities of the funds may take place in various foreign markets on certain days (such as Saturday) when the funds are not open for business and do not calculate their NAV. As a result, NAVs may be significantly affected by trading on days when shareholders cannot make transactions. In addition, trading in the funds’ portfolio securities may not occur on days when the funds are open. The last quoted prices of non-U.S. equity securities may be adjusted to reflect the fair value of such securities at the close of the NYSE if the Valuation Designee determines that developments between the close of a foreign market and the close of the NYSE (normally 4 p.m. ET) will affect the value of some or all of a fund’s portfolio securities. Each business day, the Valuation Designee uses information from outside pricing services to evaluate the quoted prices of portfolio securities and, if appropriate, decides whether it is necessary to adjust quoted prices to reflect fair value by reviewing a variety of factors, including developments in foreign markets, the performance of U.S. securities markets, and the performance of instruments trading in U.S. markets that represent foreign securities and baskets of foreign securities. The Valuation Designee uses outside pricing services to provide it with quoted prices and information to evaluate or adjust those prices. The Valuation Designee cannot predict how often it will use quoted prices or how often it will determine it necessary to adjust those prices to reflect fair value.

Price Funds Investing in Other Price Funds

Investments in the underlying Price Funds held by each fund are valued at their closing NAV per share on the day of valuation.

Price Funds Investing in Hedge Funds

The Valuation Designee relies primarily on the limited pricing and valuation information provided by the hedge fund managers in order to value its hedge fund investments. The Valuation Designee attempts, to the extent possible, to review the valuation methodology utilized by a hedge fund to gauge whether its principles of fair value are consistent with those used by the funds for valuing their own investments. The Valuation Designee will seek as much information as possible from the hedge fund in order to value its investment and determine the fair value of its interest in the hedge fund based on all relevant circumstances. This may include the most recent estimated NAV and estimated returns reported by the hedge fund, as well as accrued management fees and any other relevant information available at the time the fund values its assets.

All Price Funds

Investments for which market quotations are not readily available or deemed unreliable are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Valuation Designee, as defined by Rule 2a-5 of the 1940 Act. The Board has designated T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. as the fund’s valuation designee (Valuation Designee). Subject to oversight by the Board, the Valuation Designee performs the following functions in performing fair value determinations: assesses and manages valuation risks; establishes and applies fair value methodologies; tests fair value methodologies; and evaluates pricing vendors and pricing agents. The duties and responsibilities of the Valuation Designee are performed by its Valuation Committee. The Valuation Designee provides periodic reporting to the Board on valuation matters.

91

The Valuation Designee has adopted methodologies for determining the fair value of investments for which market quotations are not readily available or deemed unreliable, including the use of other pricing sources. Factors used in determining fair value vary by type of investment and may include market or investment specific considerations. The Valuation Designee typically will afford the greatest weight to actual prices in arm’s length transactions, to the extent they represent orderly transactions between market participants, transaction information can be reliably obtained, and prices are deemed representative of fair value. However, the Valuation Designee may also consider other valuation methods such as market-based valuation multiples; a discount or premium from market value of a similar, freely traded security of the same issuer; discounted cash flows; yield to maturity; or some combination. Fair value determinations are reviewed on a regular basis. Because any fair value determination involves a significant amount of judgment, there is a degree of subjectivity inherent in such pricing decisions. Fair value prices determined by the Valuation Designee could differ from those of other market participants, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security may be materially different from the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security. The Price Funds rely on various sources to calculate their NAVs. The information may be provided by third parties that are believed to be reliable, but the information may not be accurate due to errors by fund accounting providers, pricing sources, technological issues, or otherwise.

The purchase and redemption price of the funds’ shares in Creation Units is equal to the funds’ NAV per share or share price. The funds determine their NAV per share by subtracting their liabilities (including accrued expenses and dividends payable) from their total assets (the market value of the securities the funds hold plus cash and other assets, including income accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the total number of shares outstanding. The NAV per share of the funds is calculated as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, normally 4 p.m. ET, every day the NYSE is open for trading. However, the NAV may be calculated at a time other than the normal close of the NYSE if trading on the NYSE is restricted, if the NYSE closes earlier, or as may be permitted by the SEC.

Determination of NAV (and the offering, sale, redemption, and purchase of shares) for the funds may be suspended at times (a) during which the NYSE is closed, other than customary weekend and holiday closings; (b) during which trading on the NYSE is restricted; (c) during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal by the funds of securities owned by them is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable for the funds fairly to determine the value of their net assets; or (d) during which a governmental body having jurisdiction over the funds may by order permit such a suspension for the protection of the funds’ shareholders, provided that applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (or any succeeding governmental authority) shall govern as to whether the conditions prescribed in (b), (c), or (d) exist.

Dividends and other distributions on shares, if any, are distributed on a pro-rata basis to beneficial owners of the shares. Beneficial owners are owners of beneficial interests in fund shares. Dividend payments are made through the Depository Trust Company (DTC) Participants and Indirect Participants to beneficial owners then of record with proceeds received from each fund.

Dividend Reinvestment Service The funds do not provide a reinvestment service. Financial intermediaries, at their own discretion, may offer a dividend reinvestment service under which shares are purchased in the secondary market at current market prices. Investors should consult their financial intermediary for further information regarding any dividend reinvestment service offered.

General

The Corporation offers, issues, and sells shares of each fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load, at the fund’s NAV next determined after receipt of an order in “proper form” (as defined below) on any Business Day. A “Business Day” is generally any day on which the NYSE is open for business. The

92

Corporation reserves the right to reprocess creation and redemption transactions that were initially processed at a NAV other than a fund’s official closing NAV (as each may be subsequently adjusted), and to recover amounts from (or distribute amounts to) Authorized Participants based on the official closing NAV. The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the listing exchange is stopped at a time other than its regularly scheduled closing time. The Corporation reserves the right to advance the time by which creation and redemption orders must be received for same Business Day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC. Effective May 28, 2024, Creation Units typically are settled on a “T+1 basis” (i.e., one Business Day after trade date or Transmittal Date (as defined below)), subject to certain exceptions (Settlement Date). However, the fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+1, including in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules, closures and settlement cycles, and to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates.

The number of shares of a fund that constitute a Creation Unit for such fund is set forth in the fund’s prospectus. In its discretion, the Corporation reserves the right to increase or decrease the number of shares that constitutes a Creation Unit for a fund. The Board reserves the right to declare a split or a consolidation in the number of shares outstanding of any fund, and to make a corresponding change in the number of shares constituting a Creation Unit, in the event that the per share price in the secondary market rises (or declines) to an amount that falls outside the range deemed desirable by the Board.

A fund will normally only issue Creation Units to, or redeem Creation Units from, an Authorized Participant, which is a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has executed a written agreement with the fund or Distributor that allows the Authorized Participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units (Participant Agreement). An Authorized Participant generally is either (i) a “Participating Party,” i.e., a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process of the Continuous Net Settlement System (the “Clearing Process”) of the NSCC, a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC, or (ii) a “DTC Participant,” i.e., eligible to utilize the Federal Reserve Book Entry System and/or DTC. At any given time, there may be only a limited number of Authorized Participants. Additional information about book entry and DTC as securities depository is in the “Book Entry Only System” section.

All orders to purchase or redeem Creation Units must be placed by an Authorized Participant. An Authorized Participant may place orders for the creation or redemption of Creation Units through the Clearing Process, the Fed Book-Entry System and/or DTC, subject to the procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of its Participant Agreement, an Authorized Participant will agree, and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that the Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component (defined below), together with the transaction fees described below. Investors who are not Authorized Participants may make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant, who may require a contractual arrangement that includes payment of the Cash Component, to submit orders to purchase or redeem Creation Units of a fund. Investors seeking to transact in Creation Units through their broker should be aware that their particular broker may not be an Authorized Participant and that, therefore, orders to purchase or redeem Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant. In such cases, there may be additional charges to such investor.

Authorized Participants purchases or redemptions of Creation Units of funds that invest in domestic securities (Domestic Funds) may transfer Deposit Securities in one of two ways: (i) through the Clearing Process or (ii) with a fund “outside” the Clearing Process through the facilities of DTC. The Clearing Process is not currently available for purchases or redemptions of Creation Units of funds that invest in foreign securities (International Funds). Accordingly, Authorized Participants submitting Creation Unit orders for such funds must effect those transactions outside the Clearing Process, as described further below.

In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a limited power of attorney under the Participant Agreement.

Purchases (Creations)

Portfolio Deposit The consideration for purchase (or “creation”) of a Creation Unit of a fund generally consists of an in-kind deposit of specified instruments (Deposit Securities), a “Cash Component” (as defined below), plus any applicable transaction fee to offset the costs incurred by the fund in connection with the creation (see “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees” below). Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Portfolio Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of any fund.

93

Because there is normally a difference between the aggregate NAV of a Creation Unit and the aggregate market value of the Deposit Securities to be exchanged for the Creation Unit, the party conveying instruments with the lower value will also pay to the other an amount in cash equal to that difference (the “Cash Component”). The Cash Component is sometimes called the “Balancing Amount”. Payment of any stamp duty or other similar fees, taxes, and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities is the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant purchasing the Creation Unit.

The fund expects to cause to be published the names and quantities of the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component for that day (i.e., the Portfolio Deposit). The identity and number of shares of the Deposit Securities may change pursuant to, among other matters, changes in the composition of the fund’s portfolio, as rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events are reflected, and when Custom Baskets (defined below) are used.

The Corporation reserves the right to permit or require an order containing the substitution of an amount of cash—i.e., a “cash in lieu” amount—to be added, at its discretion, to the Cash Component to replace one or more Deposit Securities. For example, a cash substitution may be permitted or required for any Deposit Security that (i) may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery, (ii) may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC or the Clearing Process (discussed below), (iii) might not be eligible for trading by an Authorized Participant or the investor on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting, or (iv) in certain other situations at the sole discretion of the Corporation. A fund also may permit or require the consideration for Creation Units to consist solely of cash, as described below.

Cash Creations A fund that normally issues Creation Units in exchange for a Portfolio Deposit may require purchases to be made entirely or in part on a cash basis. In such an instance, the fund will announce, before the open of trading on a given Business Day, that all purchases on that day will be made wholly or partly in cash. A fund may also determine, upon receiving a purchase order from an Authorized Participant to have the purchase be made entirely or in part in cash. If a fund permits or requires partial or all-cash creations, such purchases shall be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases; and the Authorized Participant must pay the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser, plus the “Deposit Amount” (i.e., the cash equivalent of the missing Deposit Securities).

Trading costs, operational processing costs and brokerage commissions associated with using cash to purchase the desired Deposit Securities will be incurred by the fund. Therefore, the fund may require Authorized Participants to pay higher transaction fees to offset brokerage and other costs associated with cash purchases (see “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees” below).

Placing Creation Orders

Procedures for Creation of Creation Units The fund will issue shares in Creation Units at the NAV next determined after an irrevocable order in proper form is received. Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant, in such form and by such transmission method acceptable to the Transfer Agent or Distributor, pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, and such procedures may change from time to time.

For an order to be in proper form, it must be submitted on and for a Business Day prior to the time of the fund’s calculation of NAV, which is normally 4 p.m. ET (Order Cut-Off Time) on such Business Day (Transmittal Date) pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, as amended from time to time. On days when the NYSE, the fund’s listing exchange or the bond markets close earlier than normal, the Order Cut-Off Time may be earlier in the day.

An Authorized Participant may transfer the Deposit Securities through the Clearing Process and/or DTC and may transfer any Deposit Amount, Cash Component and/or transaction fee (as described below) through DTC or the Federal Reserve Wire, subject to the procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement. Fund Shares will be settled through the DTC system. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Transfer Agent, the Distributor or an Authorized Participant. Orders that are submitted on the Business Day immediately preceding a holiday or a day (other than a weekend) when the securities markets in a foreign market in which the fund may invest are closed may not be accepted or may be charged the maximum transaction fee (see “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees” below).

A creation order is considered to be in “proper form” if: (i) a properly completed irrevocable purchase order has been submitted by the Authorized Participant (either on its own or another investor’s behalf) not later than the fund’s specified Order Cut-Off Time on the Transmittal Date, and (ii) arrangements satisfactory to the applicable fund are in place for payment of the Cash Component and any other cash amounts which may be due, and (iii) all other procedures regarding placement of

94

a creation order set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. Special procedures are specific to Custom Orders, as set forth in the Participant Agreement.

Placing Creation Orders Using the Clearing Process The Clearing Process is the process of creating or redeeming Creation Units through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC. Portfolio Deposits made through the Clearing Process must be delivered through a Participating Party that has executed a Participant Agreement. The Participant Agreement authorizes the Transfer Agent to transmit, on behalf of the Participating Party, such trade instructions to the NSCC as are necessary to effect the Participating Party’s creation order. Pursuant to such trade instructions, the Participating Party agrees to deliver the Portfolio Deposit to the Transfer Agent, together with such additional information as may be required by the Distributor.

Placing Creation Orders Outside the Clearing Process Portfolio Deposits made outside the Clearing Process must be delivered through a DTC Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement. A DTC Participant who wishes to place a creation order outside the Clearing Process need not be a Participating Party, but such orders must state that the DTC Participant is not using the Clearing Process and that the creation instead will be effected through a transfer of securities and cash directly through DTC.

Authorized Participants purchasing Creation Units of shares of International Funds must have international trading capabilities. Once the Custodian has been notified of an order to purchase Creation Units of an International Fund, it will provide such information to the relevant sub-custodian(s) of each such fund. The Custodian shall then cause the sub-custodian(s) of each such fund to maintain an account into which the Authorized Participant shall deliver, on behalf of itself or the party on whose behalf it is acting, the Portfolio Deposit. Deposit Securities must be maintained by the applicable local sub-custodian(s).

Acceptance of Creation Orders All questions as to the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by the fund, and such fund’s determination shall be final and binding. Using the Clearing Process, the Transfer Agent will deliver to the Authorized Participant a confirmation of acceptance of a creation order within 15 minutes of the receipt of a submission received in proper form. Outside of using the Clearing Process, the Authorized Participant will receive an acknowledgment of the creation order acceptance. A creation order is deemed to be irrevocable upon the delivery of the confirmation of acceptance, subject to the conditions below.

The Corporation reserves the right to reject or revoke acceptance of a creation order, including, but not limited to, if: (i) the order is not in proper form; (ii) the investor(s) (including an Authorized Participant, any beneficial owners, or group of related beneficial owners), upon obtaining the shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of that fund; (iii) the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, delivered are not as disseminated through the facilities of the NSCC for that date by the Custodian; (iv) acceptance of the Portfolio Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; or (v) there exist circumstances outside the control of the Corporation that make it impossible to process creation orders for all practical purposes. The Distributor or Transfer Agent may notify a prospective purchaser of a Creation Unit (and/or the Authorized Participant acting on its behalf) of the rejection of such creation order. However, neither the Corporation, the fund, Custodian, any sub-custodian, Transfer Agent or Distributor are under a duty to do so; and none of them shall incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification.

Issuance of a Creation Unit

Except as provided herein, a Creation Unit will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the fund of a Portfolio Deposit (be it a Deposit Amount, or the Deposit Securities and Cash Component) has been completed.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the fund may issue Creation Units to an Authorized Participant, notwithstanding the fact that the corresponding Portfolio Deposit has not been delivered in part or in whole, in reliance on the undertaking of the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing Deposit Securities as soon as possible, which undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant’s deposit and maintenance of cash collateral in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Cash Component, plus (ii) up to 115% of the market value of the undelivered Deposit Securities. In such circumstances, the creation order shall be deemed to be received in proper form on the Transmittal Date, provided that (i) such order is otherwise in proper form and (ii) the cash collateral is delivered by the specified deadlines on the contractual settlement date for the Creation Unit. If such order is not placed in proper form prior to the Order Cut-Off Time, and/or all other deadlines and conditions set forth in the Participant Agreement relating to such additional deposits are not met, then the order may be deemed to be canceled or rejected, and the Authorized Participant shall be liable to the fund for losses, if any, resulting

95

therefrom. The Corporation may use such cash collateral at any time to buy missing Deposit Securities for the fund, and the Authorized Participant agrees to accept liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Corporation of purchasing such Deposit Securities and the value of the cash collateral. In addition, the cash collateral may be invested by the Corporation in its sole discretion at any time at the risk of the Authorized Participant, and any income received from such investment will be credited to the Authorized Participant.

In certain cases, an Authorized Participant may create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date. In these instances, the fund reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis or, as an alternative in its sole discretion, require and accept a representation from the Authorized Participant that the creation and redemption transactions are for separate beneficial owners.

Using the Clearing Process An Authorized Participant that is a Participating Party is required to transfer to the Transfer Agent: (i) the requisite Deposit Securities expected to be delivered through NSCC, and (ii) the Cash Component, if any, to the Transfer Agent by means of the Corporation’s Clearing Process. In each case, the delivery must occur by the Settlement Date. At that time, the Transfer Agent shall initiate procedures to transfer the requisite shares and the Cash Component, if any, through the Clearing Process so as to be received no later than on the Settlement Date. International Funds are expected to settle on T+2. In addition, any Transaction Fees obligations must be satisfied.

Outside the Clearing Process—Domestic Funds An Authorized Participant that is a DTC Participant that orders a creation outside the Clearing Process is required to transfer to the Transfer Agent: (i) the requisite Deposit Securities through DTC, and (ii) the Cash Component, if any, through the Federal Reserve Bank wire system or DTC. Such Deposit Securities must be received by the Transfer Agent by 11:00 a.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date, while the Cash Component must be received by 2:00 p.m. Eastern time on that same date. Otherwise, the creation order shall be canceled or rejected. For creation units issued principally for cash (as discussed above), the DTC Participant shall be required to transfer the Cash Component through the Federal Reserve Bank wire system to be received by 2:00 p.m. Eastern time on the Contractual Settlement Date (as defined below). At that time, the Transfer Agent shall initiate procedures to transfer the requisite shares through DTC and the Cash Component, if any, through the Federal Reserve Bank wire system so as to be received by the purchaser no later than the Settlement Date (except as otherwise set forth in the Participant Agreement).

Outside the Clearing Process—International Funds Generally, International Funds are expected to settle on T+2. Deposit Securities must be delivered to an account maintained at the applicable local sub-custodian on or before 11 a.m., Eastern time on the Contractual Settlement Date. The “Contractual Settlement Date” is the earlier of (i) the date upon which all of the required Deposit Securities, the Cash Component and any other cash amounts which may be due are delivered to the Corporation and (ii) the latest day for settlement on the customary settlement cycle in the jurisdiction where any of the securities of the relevant fund are customarily traded. The Authorized Participant also must make available by the Contractual Settlement Date funds estimated by the Corporation to be sufficient to pay the Cash Component, if any. For Creation Units issued principally for cash, the DTC Participant shall be required to transfer the Cash Component through the Federal Reserve Bank wire system to be received by 2:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Contractual Settlement Date. When the sub-custodian confirms to the Custodian that the required securities included in the Portfolio Deposit (or, when permitted in the sole discretion of the Corporation, the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant sub-custodian, the Custodian shall notify the Distributor and Transfer Agent, and the Corporation will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Unit of shares via DTC so as to be received by the purchaser no later than T+2.

Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees

The funds may recoup the settlement and other transaction costs by imposing a transaction fee on purchasing or redeeming Creation Units (Transaction Fee). The maximum Transaction Fee for each fund is stated below. The funds reserve the right to adjust any Transaction Fee as necessary.

96

* As a percentage of the NAV per Creation Unit purchased or redeemed, inclusive of any standard fee.

The standard creation transaction fee applies to any Creation Unit purchase that includes in-kind securities. As shown above, the Adviser may charge a variable fee for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance or redemption of Creation Units of shares. For instance, for cash creations (or redemptions) or cash-in-lieu of depositing one or more Deposit Securities, the Authorized Participant may be assessed a higher transaction fee to offset the transaction cost to the fund of buying (or selling) those Deposit Securities. Any transaction fees may be negotiated between the Corporation and the Authorized Participant and may be different for any given order, Business Day or Authorized Participant. However, in no instance will the redemption transaction fee exceed 2% of the value of a Creation Unit. From time to time, the Adviser, in its sole discretion, may waive Authorized Participants for all or a portion of the creation or redemption transaction fees.

To the extent that the fund may need to convert cash received in a creation order into a foreign currency, at the applicable exchange rate and subject to the applicable spread, prior to purchasing investments for the portfolio denominated in foreign currencies, the Creation Unit purchaser will bear the risk associated with changes in the currency exchange rate and security value between the time they place their order and the time that the fund converts such cash received into foreign investments. Similarly, to the extent that the fund may need to sell investments denominated in foreign currencies prior to converting such proceeds into U.S. dollars for a redemption order, at the applicable exchange rate and subject to the applicable spread, the Creation Unit redeemer will bear the risk associated with changes in the currency exchange rate and security value between the time they place their order and the time that the fund converts such cash received into foreign investments.

Redemptions

Fund Securities Shares may be redeemed only by Authorized Participants at their NAV per share next determined after receipt by the Distributor of a redemption request in proper form. A fund will not redeem shares in amounts less than a Creation Unit. Beneficial owners of shares may sell their shares in the secondary market, but they must accumulate enough shares to constitute a Creation Unit to redeem those shares with a fund. There can be no assurance that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of shares to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit. All redemptions are subject to the procedures contained in the applicable Participant Agreement.

The Corporation reserves the right to permit or require an amount of cash to be added, at its discretion, to the Cash Redemption Amount (as defined below) to replace one or more Fund Securities (defined below). Fund Securities may be different from Deposit Securities.

The redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit generally consist of specified instruments (Fund Securities), plus or minus an amount of cash denominated in U.S. dollars (the “Cash Redemption Amount”) representing an amount equal to the difference between the aggregate NAV of the Creation Unit(s) being redeemed and the total aggregate market value of the Fund Securities, less any applicable transaction fees to offset the costs incurred by the fund in connection with the redemption (see “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees” above). The Cash Redemption Amount is calculated in the same manner as the Cash Component. Together, the Fund Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount are the “Redemption Basket.”

The redeeming Authorized Participant, or client on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting, must maintain appropriate security arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody provider in each jurisdiction where Fund Securities are customarily traded and will be delivered. If such arrangements are not in place and neither the Authorized Participant nor the investor can take delivery of Fund Securities in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is otherwise not possible to effect deliveries of Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, the

97

Corporation may redeem shares in cash. Further, redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws, and the fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that it cannot lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or cannot do so without first registering such Fund Security under such laws.

Each fund expects to publish daily the Fund Securities that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day, as well as the Cash Redemption Amount. A fund’s Fund Securities may differ from its Deposit Securities on any given day. Further, the identity and number of shares of the Fund Securities may change pursuant to, among other matters, changes in the composition of the fund’s portfolio, as rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events are reflected, and when Custom Baskets (defined below) are used.

Cash Redemptions A fund that normally redeems Creation Units in exchange for a Redemption Basket may permit or require redemptions to be made entirely or in part on a cash basis. In such an instance, the fund will announce, before the open of trading on a given Business Day, that all redemptions on that day will be made wholly or partly in cash. A fund may also determine, upon receiving a redemption order from an Authorized Participant to have the redemption be made entirely or in part in cash. If a fund permits or requires partial or full all-cash redemptions, such purchases shall be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions; and the Authorized Participant must pay the same Cash Redemption Amount required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser, plus the “Redemption Amount” (i.e., the cash equivalent of the missing Fund Securities).

Trading costs, operational processing costs and brokerage commissions associated with using cash to redeem Creation Units will be incurred by the fund. Therefore, the fund may require Authorized Participants to pay higher transaction fees (see “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees” below).

Placing Redemption Orders

Procedures for Redemption of Creation Units Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant, in such form and by such transmission method acceptable to the Transfer Agent or Distributor, pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, and such procedures may change from time to time. The fund will redeem shares in Creation Units at the NAV next determined after an irrevocable order in proper form is received. For an order to be in proper form, it must be submitted on and for a Business Day prior to the Order Cut-Off Time on such Business Day for that Business Day pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, as amended from time to time. On days when the NYSE, the relevant fund’s listing exchange, or the bond markets close earlier than normal, the Order Cut-Off Time may be earlier in the day. Custom Orders (as defined below) must be received at least two hours prior to the regular Order Cut-Off Time.

Fund shares being redeemed will be settled through the DTC system. An Authorized Participant may transfer any Redemption Amount, Cash Redemption Amount and/or transaction fee through DTC or the Federal Reserve Wire, subject to the procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Transfer Agent, the Distributor or an Authorized Participant. Orders that are submitted on the Business Day immediately preceding a holiday or a day (other than a weekend) when the securities markets in a foreign market in which the fund may invest are closed may not be accepted or may be charged the maximum transaction fee (see “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees” below).

Authorized Participants seeking to redeem shares of certain funds may transfer Creation Units through the Clearing Process (see “Placing Redemption Requests Using the Clearing Process”) or outside the Clearing Process through the facilities of DTC (see “Placing Redemption Requests Outside the Clearing Process”). As noted above, the Clearing Process is not currently available for redemptions of Creation Units of International Funds; accordingly, Authorized Participants seeking to redeem shares of such funds must effect such transactions outside the Clearing Process.

A redemption request will be considered to be in “proper form” if (i) a duly completed request form is received by the Distributor from the Authorized Participant on behalf of itself or another redeeming investor at the specified Order Cut-Off Time, and (ii) arrangements satisfactory to the fund are in place for the Authorized Participant to transfer or cause to be transferred to the fund the Creation Unit of such fund being redeemed on or before contractual settlement of the redemption request.

As discussed, a redeeming investor will pay a Transaction Fee to offset the fund’s trading costs, operational processing costs, brokerage commissions and other similar costs incurred in transferring the Fund Securities from its account to the account of the redeeming investor. An entity redeeming shares in Creation Units outside the Clearing Process may be

98

required to pay a higher Transaction Fee than would have been charged had the redemption been effected through the Clearing Process. A redeeming investor receiving cash in lieu of one or more Fund Securities may also be assessed a higher transaction fee on the cash in lieu portion. This higher Transaction Fee will be assessed in the same manner as the Transaction Fee incurred in purchasing Creation Units.

Redemption Requests

Placing Redemption Requests Using the Clearing Process Requests to redeem Creation Units through the Clearing Process must be delivered through an Authorized Participant that is a Participating Party, in such form and by such transmission method acceptable to the Transfer Agent or Distributor, pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement.

Placing Redemption Requests Outside the Clearing Process Orders to redeem Creation Units outside the Clearing Process must be delivered through an Authorized Participant that is a DTC Participant. A DTC Participant who wishes to place a redemption order outside the Clearing Process need not be a Participating Party, but such orders must state that the DTC Participant is not using the Clearing Process and that redemption instead will be effected through a transfer of fund shares directly through the DTC.

In the case of shares of International Funds, upon redemption of Creation Units and taking delivery of the Fund Securities into the account of the redeeming shareholder or an Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such investor, such person must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a broker-dealer, bank or other custody provider in each jurisdiction in which any of such Fund Securities are customarily traded.

Acceptance of Redemption Requests All questions as to whether an order has been submitted in proper form and the requisite number of fund shares and Transaction Fee have been delivered shall be determined by the fund, and such fund’s determination shall be final and binding. The Fund reserves the absolute right to reject or revoke an acceptance of a redemption order if the order is not in proper form. In addition, the right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (i) for any period during which the NYSE or the fund’s listing exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (ii) for any period during which trading on the fund’s listing exchange is suspended or restricted; (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of a fund or determination of a fund’s NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstances as is permitted by the SEC. The fund or Distributor may notify the Authorized Participant of such rejection or revocation, but neither the fund nor the Distributor shall have any liability for failure to give such notification.

Except as provided below in “Issuance of Fund Securities”, the fund will not deliver the Fund Securities, Redemption Amount, and/or Cash Redemption Amount, as applicable, until the transfer of the Creation Unit(s) and the applicable Transaction Fee has been completed. If the Transfer Agent does not receive the redeeming investor’s fund shares through DTC’s facilities and the applicable Transaction Fee by the required time, the redemption request may be rejected.

Once the fund has accepted a redemption order, upon the next determination of the NAV of the Shares, the fund or Transfer Agent may deliver to the Authorized Participant a confirmation of acceptance of a request to redeem shares in Creation Units within 15 minutes of the receipt of a submission received in proper form. A redemption order is deemed to be irrevocable upon the delivery of the confirmation of acceptance.

Deliveries of redemption proceeds by the fund typically are settled on the Settlement Date, but may be made up to seven days later, particularly in stressed market conditions, except as further set forth herein. The fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on another basis to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules (see “Regular Holidays”), closures and settlement cycles, to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (i.e., the last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold), and in certain other circumstances.

In certain cases, an Authorized Participant may create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date. In these instances, the fund reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis or require and accept a representation from the Authorized Participant that the creation and redemption transactions are for different investors.

Issuance of Fund Securities

To the extent contemplated by a Participant Agreement, in the event an Authorized Participant has submitted a redemption request in proper form but is unable to transfer all or part of the Creation Unit to be redeemed to the Distributor, on behalf of

99

the fund, by the closing time of the regular trading session on the Exchange on the date such redemption request is submitted, the Distributor will nonetheless accept the redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing shares as soon as possible, which undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant’s delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash having a value at least equal to 115% of the market value of the missing shares. The Corporation may use such collateral at any time to purchase the missing shares, and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost of the fund acquiring such shares and the value of the collateral, which may be sold by the Corporation at such time, and in such manner, as the Corporation may determine in its sole discretion.

Using the Clearing Process An Authorized Participant that is a Participating Party is required to transfer to the Transfer Agent: (i) the requisite shares, and (ii) the Cash Redemption Amount, if any, to the Transfer Agent by means of the Corporation’s Clearing Process. In each case, the delivery must occur by the Settlement Date. At that time, the Transfer Agent shall initiate procedures to transfer the requisite Fund Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount, if any, through the Clearing Process so as to be received by the Settlement Date.

Outside the Clearing Process—Domestic Funds An Authorized Participant that is a DTC Participant making a redemption request outside the Clearing Process is required to transfer to the Transfer Agent: (i) the requisite shares through DTC, and (ii) the Cash Redemption Amount, if any, through the Federal Reserve Bank wire system. Such shares and Cash Redemption Amount must be received by the Transfer Agent by 11 a.m. ET on the Contractual Settlement Date. At that time, the Transfer Agent shall initiate procedures to transfer the requisite Fund Securities through DTC and the Cash Redemption Amount, if any, through the Federal Reserve Bank wire system so as to be received by the Settlement Date (except as otherwise set forth in the Participant Agreement).

Outside the Clearing Process—International Funds A redeeming Authorized Participant must maintain appropriate securities broker-dealer, bank or other custody arrangements to which account such in-kind redemption proceeds will be delivered. If neither the redeeming beneficial owner nor the Authorized Participant acting on its behalf has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of the Fund Securities in the applicable jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, the beneficial owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash.

Custom Baskets

The basket of securities included in a Fund Deposit and a Redemption Basket may be representative of the fund’s portfolio holdings or the fund may utilize Custom Baskets provided that certain conditions are met. A Custom Basket is (i) a basket that is composed of a non-representative selection of the fund’s portfolio holdings, or (ii) a representative basket that is different from the initial basket used in transactions on the same Business Day. The Corporation has adopted policies and procedures that govern the construction and acceptance of baskets, including heightened requirements for Custom Baskets.

A fund reserves the right to accept for creation a basket of securities and/or cash that differs from a basket of Deposit Securities and/or Cash Component published or transacted on a Business Day, or to permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash (a “cash-in-lieu” amount) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security. A fund also reserves the right to deliver for redemption a basket of securities and/or cash that differs from a basket of Fund Securities and/or Cash Component published or transacted on a Business Day, or to substitute an amount of cash (a “cash-in-lieu” amount) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Fund Security.

Regular Holidays

A fund may effect deliveries of Creation Units and Fund Securities on a basis other than the Settlement Date in order to accommodate local holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates or under certain other circumstances. The ability of the Corporation to effect or settle in-kind creations and redemptions by the Settlement Date is subject to certain conditions, including that there are no days that are holidays in an applicable foreign market in the time between the order date and the delivery date. For every occurrence of one or more such intervening holidays that are not holidays observed in the U.S., the redemption settlement cycle will be extended by the number of such intervening holidays. In addition to holidays, other unforeseeable closings in a foreign market due to emergencies also may prevent a fund from delivering securities within the normal settlement period.

100

The securities delivery cycles currently practicable for transferring Fund Securities to redeeming investors, coupled with foreign market holiday schedules, will require a delivery process longer than seven calendar days, but in no event longer than 15 calendar days, for some funds in certain circumstances.

The tax discussion in the prospectus and this SAI provides only a brief summary of some of the tax consequences affecting the funds and the shareholders of the funds in general under the U.S. federal income tax law. You may also be subject to foreign, state, and local laws, which are not discussed here. No attempt has been made to discuss tax consequences specifically applicable to any particular shareholder. You should discuss with your tax advisor to determine tax consequences applicable to you and your investments.

Taxation of the Funds

The funds intend to qualify as “regulated investment companies” under Subchapter M of the Code. A number of factors could adversely affect the fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company, including the lack of clear tax guidance in applying certain tests under Subchapter M of the Code and sudden geopolitical and market events affecting the fund’s ability to adjust its portfolio. If, in any taxable year, a fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code: (1) the fund would be taxed at the normal corporate rates on the entire amount of its taxable income, if any, without a deduction for dividends or other distributions to shareholders; (2) the fund’s distributions, to the extent made out of the fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends regardless of whether they would otherwise have been considered capital gain dividends; (3) the fund’s distributions may qualify for taxation at a reduced rate for non-corporate shareholders and for the deduction for dividends received by corporations; and (4) foreign tax credits and qualified REIT dividends, as explained in “Taxation of Fund Shareholders” below, would not “pass through” to shareholders. A fund may avoid losing its qualification as a regulated investment company under certain circumstances by using remedies provided in the Code, but such remedies may still result in a significant tax penalty to the fund.

To be entitled to the special tax benefits applicable to regulated investment companies, the funds will be required to distribute the sum of 90% of their investment company taxable income and 90% of their net tax-exempt income, if any, each year. The investment company taxable income may include income required to be accrued before the fund receives cash associated with such income (e.g., an original issue discount or market discount associated with debt obligations) and income or gains allocated from an investment in a partnership. In order to avoid federal income tax, the funds must distribute all of their investment company taxable income, including any accrued income, and realized long-term capital gains for each fiscal year within 12 months after the end of the fiscal year. To avoid federal excise tax, the funds must declare dividends by December 31 of each year equal to at least 98% of ordinary income (as of December 31) and 98.2% of capital gains (as of October 31) and distribute such amounts prior to February 1 of the following calendar year. In some cases, a fund may have to make additional dividend distributions on subsequently determined undistributed income for a prior tax year. Shareholders are required to include such distributions in their income for federal income tax purposes whether dividends and capital gain distributions are paid in cash or in additional shares. If a fund is not able to meet the distribution requirements, the fund may have to pay tax on the undistributed income.

Taxation of Fund Shareholders

For individual shareholders, a portion of the funds’ ordinary dividends representing “qualified dividend income” may be subject to tax at the lower rate applicable to long-term capital gains, rather than ordinary income. “Qualified dividend income” is composed of certain dividends received from domestic and qualified foreign corporations. It excludes dividends representing payments in lieu of dividends related to loaned securities, dividends received on certain hedged positions, dividends on nonqualified foreign corporations, and dividends on stocks the funds have not held for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock became ex-dividend (90 and 181 days for certain preferred stock). Individual shareholders can only apply the lower rate to the qualified portion of the funds’ dividends if they have held the shares in the funds on which the dividends were paid for the holding period surrounding the ex-dividend date of the funds’ dividends. Little, if any, of the ordinary dividends paid by bond and international funds, is expected to qualify for this lower rate.

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, certain taxpayers, such as individuals, trusts and estates, may be eligible to claim, subject to limitations, a 20% federal income tax deduction for certain qualified

101

business income, including “qualified REIT dividends” from REITs and “qualified publicly traded partnership income” from publicly traded partnerships (PTPs). The IRS has issued final regulations allowing funds to pass through qualified REIT dividends to their shareholders. A fund that decides to pass through the qualified REIT dividends will report such dividends to its shareholders in accordance with the IRS requirements. Due to the lack of IRS guidance on passing through qualified publicly traded partnership income, a fund that invests directly or indirectly in PTPs will not pass through any qualified publicly traded partnership income derived by the fund. As a result, investors that invest directly in PTPs may be entitled to this 20% deduction for qualified publicly traded partnership income while shareholders in a fund that invests directly or indirectly in PTPs will not be entitled to this 20% deduction for qualified publicly traded partnership income derived by the fund.

For corporate shareholders, a portion of the funds’ ordinary dividends may be eligible for the deduction for dividends received by corporations to the extent the funds’ income consists of dividends paid by U.S. corporations. This deduction does not include dividends representing payments in lieu of dividends related to loaned securities, dividends received on certain hedged positions, dividends received from certain foreign corporations, and dividends on stocks the funds have not held for more than 45 days during the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock became ex-dividend (90 and 181 days for certain preferred stock). Corporate shareholders can only apply the lower rate to the qualified portion of the funds’ dividends if they have held the shares in the funds on which the dividends were paid for the holding period surrounding the ex-dividend date of the funds’ dividends. Little, if any, of the ordinary dividends paid by the bond and international funds is expected to qualify for this deduction. Long-term capital gain distributions paid by the funds are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

A fund that earns interest income may, in its discretion, designate all or a portion of ordinary dividends as Section 163(j) interest dividends, which would allow the recipient to treat the designated portion of such dividends as interest income for purposes of determining interest expense deduction limitation under Section 163(j) of the Code. Section 163(j) interest dividends, if so designated by a fund, will be reported to your financial intermediary or otherwise in accordance with the requirements specified by the IRS. To be eligible to treat a Section 163(j) interest dividend as interest income, you must have held the fund share for more than 180 days during the 361-day period beginning on the date which is 180 days before the date on which the share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend.

Dividends and other distributions by a fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by the fund in October, November, or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the fund during January of the following calendar year.

Dividends of net investment income and distributions of net realized short-term capital gains are taxable to a U.S. shareholder as ordinary income, whether paid in cash or in shares. Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that a fund reports as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Dividends and distributions paid by a fund attributable to dividends on stock of U.S. corporations received by the fund, with respect to which the fund meets certain holding period requirements, will be eligible for the deduction for dividends received by corporations. Special rules apply, however, to regular dividends paid to individuals. Such a dividend may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals, provided that the individual receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements.

The funds may treat a portion of amounts paid to redeem shares as a distribution of investment company taxable income and realized capital gains that are reflected in NAV. This practice, commonly referred to as “equalization,” has no effect on redeeming shareholders or a fund’s total return, and reduces the amounts that would otherwise be required to be paid as taxable dividends to the remaining shareholders. Because of uncertainties surrounding some of the technical issues relating to computing the amount of equalization, it is possible that the IRS could challenge the funds’ equalization methodology or calculations, and any such challenge could result in additional dividend income to shareholders and additional tax, interest, or penalties to be paid by the funds.

At the time of your purchase of shares, the funds’ NAVs may reflect undistributed income, capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation of securities held by the funds. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable as either dividend or capital gain distributions. The funds may be able to reduce the amount of such distributions by utilizing their capital loss carryovers, if any. For federal income tax purposes, the funds are

102

permitted to carry forward any net realized capital losses indefinitely and use such losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset net capital gains up to the amount of such losses without being required to pay taxes on, or distribute, such gains.

However, the amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year may be limited if a fund experiences an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change generally results when the shareholders owning 5% or more of the fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to a fund’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Price Funds undertake no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond a fund’s control, there can be no assurance that a fund will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change.

Upon the sale of your shares in a fund, you will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and your basis in the shares. A redemption of shares by a fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in your hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of a fund share held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share during such six-month period.

Net investment income, including interest, dividends, and capital gains, derived by U.S. individuals with income exceeding certain thresholds and certain estates and trusts may be subject to additional income taxes.

Taxation of Foreign Shareholders

Foreign shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax on the sale of shares in any fund, or on distributions of ordinary income and/or capital gains realized by a fund, depending on a number of factors, including the foreign shareholder’s country of tax residence, its other U.S. operations (if any), and the nature of the distribution received. Foreign shareholders should consult their own tax adviser to determine the precise U.S. and local tax consequences to an investment in any fund.

A 30% withholding tax is currently imposed on all or a portion of any dividends paid, but not on gross proceeds from a fund redemption (until further guidance to the contrary is issued by the U.S. government) to: (i) foreign financial institutions, including non-U.S. investment funds and trusts, unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS, or in certain cases to their country of residence, information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders or are exempt from these requirements and certify as such and (ii) certain other foreign entities unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, nonexempt foreign financial institutions will need to enter into agreements with the IRS (unless resident in a country that provides for an alternative regime through an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S.) stipulating that they will provide the IRS with certain information (including name, address, and taxpayer identification number) for direct and indirect U.S. account holders, comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts, report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained, and agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to noncompliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information. Other foreign entities will need to provide the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.

Certain properly reported distributions of qualifying interest income or short-term capital gain made by a fund to its foreign shareholders are exempt from U.S. withholding tax, provided such foreign shareholders furnish valid tax documentation certifying such foreign shareholders’ non-U.S. status. A fund is permitted, but is not required, to report any of its distributions as eligible for such relief, and some distributions (e.g., distributions of interest a fund receives from non-U.S. issuers) are not eligible for this relief. For some funds, T. Rowe Price may choose to report qualifying distributions and apply the withholding tax exemption to those distributions when made to foreign shareholders investing in a fund. You should check with your intermediary whether any withholding tax would be applied to such distributions. For other funds, T. Rowe Price may choose not to report qualifying distributions or apply the withholding tax exemption to qualifying fund distributions made to foreign

103

shareholders. A foreign shareholder subject to withholding tax on the qualifying fund distributions may have to file a U.S. federal income tax return to reclaim such withholding tax directly from the IRS.

Under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (FIRPTA), a non-U.S. shareholder is subject to U.S. tax in respect of a disposition of a U.S. real property interest (USRPI) and any gain from such disposition is subject to U.S. federal income tax as if such shareholder were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as “FIRPTA gain.” If a fund is a U.S. real property holding corporation (USRPHC) and is not domestically controlled, any gain realized on the sale or exchange of fund shares by a non-U.S. shareholder that owns at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition more than 5% of a class of fund shares would be FIRPTA gain. The same rule applies to dispositions of fund shares by non-U.S. shareholders but without regard to whether the fund is domestically controlled. A fund will be a USRPHC if, in general, 50% or more of the fair market value of the fund’s assets consists of USRPIs, including stock of certain U.S. REITs.

The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain when a regulated investment company is classified as a qualified investment entity. A regulated investment entity will be classified as a qualified investment entity if, in general, 50% or more of the regulated investment company’s assets consists of interests in U.S. REITs and other USRPHCs. If a regulated investment company is a qualified investment entity and a non-U.S. shareholder owns more than 5% of a class of fund shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution, the distribution to such non-U.S. shareholder will be treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distribution to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the applicable corporate tax rate (unless reduced by future regulations), and requiring the non-U.S. shareholder to file a nonresident U.S. income tax return. Also, such gain may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a non-U.S. shareholder that is a corporation. In addition, even if a non-U.S. shareholder does not own more than 5% of a class of fund shares, but the fund is a qualified investment entity, fund distributions of FIRPTA gain will be taxable as ordinary dividends (rather than as capital gain or short-term capital gain dividend) subject to withholding at a 30% or lower treaty rate.

Foreign Income Taxes

Income received by the funds from sources within various foreign countries may be subject to foreign income taxes. Under the Code, if more than 50% of the value of the funds’ total assets at the close of the taxable year comprises securities issued by foreign corporations or governments, the funds may file an election to “pass through” to the funds’ shareholders any eligible foreign income taxes paid by the funds. Certain funds of funds may also be able to pass through foreign taxes paid by other funds in which they are invested if at least 50% of the value of the funds’ total assets at the end of each fiscal quarter comprises interests in such regulated investment companies. There can be no assurance that the funds will be able to do so. Pursuant to this election, shareholders will be required to: (1) include in gross income, even though not actually received, their pro-rata share of foreign income taxes paid by the funds; (2) treat their pro-rata share of foreign income taxes as paid by them; and (3) either deduct their pro-rata share of foreign income taxes in computing their taxable income or use it as a foreign tax credit against U.S. income taxes subject to certain limitations (but not both). A deduction for foreign income taxes may only be claimed by a shareholder who itemizes deductions.

In some cases, a fund may determine that it has the right to reclaim foreign taxes paid. If a fund decides to pursue a refund and is successful, the refund may occur in a year after the year of payment. Depending on how the foreign taxes paid were treated by the fund in the year of payment, the fund may be required to reverse any related deduction or credit taken in the year of payment, offset other foreign taxes paid in the year of refund, or remit the refund to the IRS. Therefore, a fund in a year in which it receives foreign tax refunds may have higher distributable income; and if the fund elects to pass through foreign income taxes to shareholders, the shareholders may experience a smaller amount of foreign taxes being passed through to them to the extent such tax refunds offset current year foreign taxes paid.

Foreign Currency Gains and Losses

Foreign currency gains and losses, including the portion of gain or loss on the sale of debt securities attributable to foreign exchange rate fluctuations, are taxable as ordinary income. If the net effect of these transactions is a gain, the ordinary income dividend paid by the funds will be increased. If the result is a loss, the ordinary income dividend paid by the funds will be decreased, or, to the extent such dividend has already been paid, it may be classified as a return of capital. Adjustments to reflect these gains and losses will be made at the end of the funds’ taxable year.

104

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

The funds may purchase, directly or indirectly, the securities of certain foreign investment funds or trusts, called “passive foreign investment companies” for U.S. tax purposes. Sometimes such investments are the only or primary way to invest in companies in certain countries. Some or all of the capital gains on the sale of such holdings may be considered ordinary income regardless of how long the funds held the investment. In addition, the funds may be subject to corporate income tax and/or an interest charge on certain dividends and capital gains earned from these investments, regardless of whether such income and gains are distributed to shareholders.

To avoid such tax and/or interest, the funds may treat these securities, when possible, as sold on the last day of each of their fiscal years and to recognize any gains for tax purposes at that time; deductions for losses may be allowable only to the extent of any gains resulting from these deemed sales in prior taxable years. Such gains and losses will be treated as ordinary income or losses. The funds will be required to distribute any resulting income, even though they have not sold the security and received cash to pay such distributions.

Investing in Mortgage Entities

Special tax rules may apply to the funds’ investments in entities that invest in or finance mortgage debt. Specifically, residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits and interests in an exchange-traded REIT that qualifies as a taxable mortgage pool under the Code or has a qualified REIT subsidiary that is a taxable mortgage pool under the Code. Although it is the practice of the funds not to make such investments, there is no guarantee that the funds will be able to sustain this practice or avoid an inadvertent investment.

Such investments may result in the funds receiving excess inclusion income (EII) in which case a portion of its distributions will be characterized as EII and shareholders receiving such distributions, including shares held through nominee accounts, will be deemed to have received EII. This can result in the funds being required to pay tax on the portion allocated to disqualified organizations: certain cooperatives, agencies or instrumentalities of a government or international organization, and tax-exempt organizations that are not subject to tax on unrelated business taxable income. In addition, such amounts will be treated as unrelated business taxable income to tax-exempt organizations that are not disqualified organizations and will be subject to a 30% withholding tax for shareholders who are not U.S. persons, notwithstanding any exemptions or rate reductions in any relevant tax treaties.

Investing in Partnerships

A fund may invest in partnerships, including private partnerships and publicly-traded partnerships. In the case of investing in a private partnership, a fund would typically invest through a wholly owned subsidiary. An investment in such partnerships may subject the fund or its wholly owned subsidiaries to tax filing and payment obligations in multiple jurisdictions and increase the fund’s tax compliance risk and burden. In some cases, the fund may have exposure to the partnership’s tax liabilities after its sale of the partnership interests. Such tax exposure could reduce the fund’s return to its shareholders.

Taxation of Certain Derivatives

For tax information on certain derivatives, such as options, futures, and forward foreign exchange contracts, please see the “Federal Tax Treatment of Certain Derivatives” section in this SAI.

Taxes on Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

An Authorized Participant that exchanges securities for Creation Units may realize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the fair market value of the Creation Units at the time of purchase and the sum of the Authorized Participant’s cost basis in the securities transferred plus any cash paid.

An Authorized Participant that exchanges Creation Units for securities may realize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the Authorized Participant’s cost basis in the Creation Units and the sum of the fair market value of the securities plus any cash received.

Authorized Participants exchanging securities for Creation Units or redeeming Creation Units may be subject to a minimum holding period imposed by the fund and should consult with their own tax adviser regarding purchasing or redeeming Creation Units.

105

The Corporation’s charter authorizes the Board to classify and reclassify any and all shares that are then unissued, including unissued shares of capital stock into any number of series, each series consisting of such number of shares and having such designations, such powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations, and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board subject to the 1940 Act and other applicable law. The shares of any such additional series might therefore differ from the shares of the present series of capital stock and from each other as to preferences, conversions, or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption, subject to applicable law, and might thus be superior or inferior to the capital stock or to other series in various characteristics. The Board may increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any series that the funds have authorized to issue without shareholder approval.

Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held (and fractional votes for fractional shares held) and will vote in the election of or removal of directors (to the extent hereinafter provided) and on other matters submitted to the vote of shareholders. There will normally be no meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing directors unless and until such time as less than a majority of the directors holding office have been elected by shareholders, at which time the directors then in office will call a shareholders’ meeting for the election of directors. Except as set forth above, the directors shall continue to hold office and may appoint successor directors. Voting rights are not cumulative, so that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting in the election of directors can, if they choose to do so, elect all the directors of the funds, in which event the holders of the remaining shares will be unable to elect any person as a director. As set forth in the bylaws of the Corporation, a special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be called by the secretary of the Corporation on the written request of shareholders entitled to cast (a) in the case of a meeting for the purpose of removing a director, at least 10% and (b) in the case of a meeting for any other purpose, at least 25%, in each case of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting, provided that any such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on. Shareholders requesting such a meeting must pay to the Corporation the reasonably estimated costs of preparing and mailing the notice of the meeting. The Corporation, however, will otherwise assist the shareholders seeking to hold the special meeting in communicating to the other shareholders of the Corporation to the extent required by Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act.

The series set forth in the following table have been established by the Board under the articles of incorporation of the Corporation. Each series represents a separate pool of assets of the Corporation’s shares and has different objectives and investment policies. Maryland law provides that the debts, liabilities, obligations, and expenses incurred with respect to a particular series are enforceable against the assets associated with that series only. The articles of incorporation also provide that the Board may issue additional series of shares. Each share of each fund represents an equal proportionate share in that fund with each other share and is entitled to such dividends and distributions of income belonging to that fund as are declared by the directors. In the event of the liquidation of a fund, each share is entitled to a pro-rata share of the net assets of that fund. Each fund is registered with the SEC under the 1940 Act as an open-end management investment company.

106

The DTC acts as securities depositary for the shares. Shares of each fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC. Except in the limited circumstance provided below, certificates will not be issued for shares.

DTC, a limited-purpose trust company, was created to hold securities of its participants (the “DTC Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (the “Indirect Participants”).

Beneficial ownership of shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and beneficial owners that are not DTC Participants). Beneficial owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of shares.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to beneficial owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Corporation and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Corporation upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Corporation a listing of the shares of each fund held by each DTC Participant. The Corporation, either directly or through a third-party service, shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of beneficial owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Corporation, either directly or through a third-party service, shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such beneficial owners. In addition, the Corporation shall pay to each such DTC Participant and/or third-party service a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of a fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and beneficial owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

The Corporation has no responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records relating to or notices to beneficial owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and beneficial owners owning through such DTC Participants.

DTC may determine to discontinue providing its service with respect to shares at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Corporation and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Corporation shall take action either to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost or, if such a replacement is unavailable, to issue and deliver printed certificates representing ownership of shares, unless the Corporation makes other arrangements with respect thereto satisfactory to the listing exchange.

107

T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC. AND CERTAIN OF ITS INVESTMENT ADVISER AFFILIATES

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

RESPONSIBILITY TO VOTE PROXIES

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and certain of its investment adviser affiliates (collectively, “T. Rowe Price”) have adopted these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (Policies and Procedures) for the purpose of establishing formal policies and procedures for performing and documenting their fiduciary duty with regard to the voting of client proxies. This document is reviewed at least annually and updated as necessary.

T. Rowe Price recognizes and adheres to the principle that one of the privileges of owning stock in a company is the right to vote in the election of the company’s directors and on matters affecting certain important aspects of the company’s structure and operations that are submitted to shareholder vote. The U.S.-registered investment companies which T. Rowe Price sponsors and serves as investment adviser (the “Price Funds”) as well as other investment advisory clients have delegated to T. Rowe Price certain proxy voting powers. As an investment adviser, T. Rowe Price has a fiduciary responsibility to such clients when exercising its voting authority with respect to securities held in their portfolios. T. Rowe Price reserves the right to decline to vote proxies in accordance with client-specific voting guidelines.

Fiduciary Considerations

It is the policy of T. Rowe Price that decisions with respect to proxy issues will be made in light of the anticipated impact of the issue on the desirability of investing in the portfolio company from the viewpoint of the particular advisory client or Price Fund. Proxies are voted solely in the interests of the client, Price Fund shareholders or, where employee benefit plan assets are involved, in the interests of plan participants and beneficiaries. Our intent has always been to vote proxies, where possible to do so, in a manner consistent with our fiduciary obligations and responsibilities.

One of the primary factors T. Rowe Price considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of its management. We recognize that a company’s management is entrusted with the day-to-day operations of the company, as well as its long-term direction and strategic planning, subject to the oversight of the company’s board of directors. Accordingly, our proxy voting guidelines are not intended to substitute our judgment for management’s with respect to the company’s day-to-day operations. Rather, our proxy voting guidelines are designed to promote accountability of a company’s management and board of directors to its shareholders; to align the interests of management with those of shareholders; and to encourage companies to adopt best practices in terms of their corporate governance and disclosure. In addition to our proxy voting guidelines, we rely on a company’s public filings, its board recommendations, its track record, country-specific best practices codes, our research providers and – most importantly – our investment professionals’ views in making voting decisions. T. Rowe Price investment personnel do not coordinate with investment personnel of its affiliated investment adviser, TRPIM, with respect to proxy voting decisions.

T. Rowe Price seeks to vote all of its clients’ proxies. In certain circumstances, T. Rowe Price may determine that refraining from voting a proxy is in a client’s best interest, such as when the cost of voting outweighs the expected benefit to the client. For example, the practicalities and costs involved with international investing may make it impossible at times, and at other times disadvantageous, to vote proxies in every instance.

ADMINISTRATION OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Environmental, Social, and Governance Investing Committee. T. Rowe Price’s Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Committee (“TRPA ESG Investing Committee” or the “Committee”) is responsible for establishing positions with respect to corporate governance and other proxy issues. Certain delegated members of the Committee also review questions and respond to inquiries from clients and mutual fund shareholders pertaining to proxy issues. While the Committee sets voting guidelines and serves as a resource for T. Rowe Price portfolio management, it does not have proxy voting authority for any Price Fund or advisory client. Rather, voting authority and responsibility is held by the Chairperson of the Price Fund’s Investment Advisory Committee or the advisory client’s portfolio manager. The Committee is also responsible for the oversight of third-party proxy services firms that T. Rowe Price engages to facilitate the proxy voting process.

Global Proxy Operations Team. The Global Proxy Operations team is responsible for administering the proxy voting process as set forth in the Policies and Procedures.

108

Governance Team. Our Governance team is responsible for reviewing the proxy agendas for all upcoming meetings and making company-specific recommendations to our global industry analysts and portfolio managers with regard to the voting decisions in their portfolios.

Responsible Investment Team. Our Responsible Investment team oversees the integration of environmental and social factors into our investment processes across asset classes. In formulating vote recommendations for matters of an environmental or social nature, the Governance team frequently consults with the appropriate sector analyst from the Responsible Investment team.

HOW PROXIES ARE REVIEWED, PROCESSED, AND VOTED

In order to facilitate the proxy voting process, T. Rowe Price has retained Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. ISS specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy advisory and voting services. These services include custom vote recommendations, research, vote execution, and reporting. Services provided by ISS do not include automated processing of votes on our behalf using the ISS Benchmark Policy recommendations. Instead, in order to reflect T. Rowe Price’s issue-by-issue voting guidelines as approved each year by the TRPA ESG Investing Committee, ISS maintains and implements custom voting policies for the Price Funds and other advisory client accounts.

Meeting Notification

T. Rowe Price utilizes ISS’ voting agent services to notify us of upcoming shareholder meetings for portfolio companies held in client accounts and to transmit votes to the various custodian banks of our clients. ISS tracks and reconciles our clients’ holdings against incoming proxy ballots. If ballots do not arrive on time, ISS procures them from the appropriate custodian or proxy distribution agent. Meeting and record date information is updated daily and transmitted to T. Rowe Price through ProxyExchange, an ISS application.

Vote Determination

Each day, ISS delivers into T. Rowe Price’s customized ProxyExchange environment a comprehensive summary of upcoming meetings, proxy proposals, publications discussing key proxy voting issues, and custom vote recommendations to assist us with proxy research and processing. For meetings with complex ballot items in certain international markets, research may be consulted from local domestic proxy research providers. The final authority and responsibility for proxy voting decisions remains with T. Rowe Price. Decisions with respect to proxy matters are made primarily in light of the anticipated impact of the issue on the desirability of investing in the company from the perspective of our clients.

Portfolio managers execute their responsibility to vote proxies in different ways. Some have decided to vote their proxies generally in line with the guidelines as set by the TRPA ESG Investing Committee. Others review the customized vote recommendations and approve them before the votes are cast. Portfolio managers have access to current reports summarizing all proxy votes in their client accounts. Portfolio managers who vote their proxies inconsistent with T. Rowe Price guidelines are required to document the rationale for their votes. The Global Proxy Operations team is responsible for maintaining this documentation and assuring that it adequately reflects the basis for any vote which is contrary to our proxy voting guidelines.

T. Rowe Price Voting Guidelines

Specific proxy voting guidelines have been adopted by the TRPA ESG Investing Committee for all regularly occurring categories of management and shareholder proposals. The guidelines include regional voting guidelines as well as the guidelines for investment strategies with objectives other than purely financial returns, such as Impact and Net Zero. A detailed set of proxy voting guidelines is available on the T. Rowe Price website, www.troweprice.com/esg.

Global Portfolio Companies

The TRPA ESG Investing Committee has developed custom international proxy voting guidelines based on our proxy advisor’s general global policies, regional codes of corporate governance, and our own views as investors in these markets. We apply a two-tier approach to determining and applying global proxy voting policies. The first tier establishes baseline policy guidelines for the most fundamental issues, which span the corporate governance spectrum without regard to a company’s domicile. The second tier takes into account various idiosyncrasies of different countries, making allowances for standard market practices, as long as they do not violate the fundamental goals of good corporate governance. The goal is to

109

enhance shareholder value through effective use of the shareholder franchise, recognizing that application of a single set of policies is not appropriate for all markets.

Fixed Income and Passively Managed Strategies

Proxy voting for our fixed income and indexed portfolios is administered by the Global Proxy Operations team using T. Rowe Price’s guidelines as set by the TRPA ESG Investing Committee. Indexed strategies generally vote in line with the T. Rowe Price guidelines. Fixed income strategies generally follow the proxy vote determinations on security holdings held by our equity accounts unless the matter is specific to a particular fixed income security such as consents, restructurings, or reorganization proposals.

Shareblocking

Shareblocking is the practice in certain countries of “freezing” shares for trading purposes in order to vote proxies relating to those shares. In markets where shareblocking applies, the custodian or sub-custodian automatically freezes shares prior to a shareholder meeting once a proxy has been voted. T. Rowe Price’s policy is generally to refrain from voting shares in shareblocking countries unless the matter has compelling economic consequences that outweigh the temporary loss of liquidity in the blocked shares.

Securities on Loan

The Price Funds and our institutional clients may participate in securities lending programs to generate income for their portfolios. Generally, the voting rights pass with the securities on loan; however, lending agreements give the lender the right to terminate the loan and pull back the loaned shares provided sufficient notice is given to the custodian bank in advance of the applicable deadline. T. Rowe Price’s policy is generally not to vote securities on loan unless we determine there is a material voting event that could affect the value of the loaned securities. In this event, we have the discretion to pull back the loaned securities for the Price Funds in order to cast a vote at an upcoming shareholder meeting. A monthly monitoring process is in place to review securities on loan for the Price Funds and how they may affect proxy voting.

Monitoring and Resolving Conflicts of Interest

The TRPA ESG Investing Committee is also responsible for monitoring and resolving potential material conflicts between the interests of T. Rowe Price and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting. We have adopted safeguards to ensure that our proxy voting is not influenced by interests other than those of our fund shareholders and other investment advisory clients. While membership on the Committee is diverse, it does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship management, marketing, or sales. Since T. Rowe Price’s voting guidelines are predetermined by the Committee, application of the guidelines by portfolio managers to vote client proxies should in most instances adequately address any potential conflicts of interest. However, consistent with the terms of the Policies and Procedures, which allow portfolio managers to vote proxies opposite our general voting guidelines, the Committee regularly reviews all such proxy votes that are inconsistent with the proxy voting guidelines to determine whether the portfolio manager’s voting rationale appears reasonable. The Committee also assesses whether any business or other material relationships between T. Rowe Price and a portfolio company (unrelated to the ownership of the portfolio company’s securities) could have influenced an inconsistent vote on that company’s proxy. Issues raising potential conflicts of interest are referred to designated members of the Committee for immediate resolution prior to the time T. Rowe Price casts its vote.

With respect to personal conflicts of interest, T. Rowe Price’s Global Code of Conduct requires all employees to avoid placing themselves in a “compromising position” in which their interests may conflict with those of our clients and restrict their ability to engage in certain outside business activities. Portfolio managers or Committee members with a personal conflict of interest regarding a particular proxy vote must recuse themselves and not participate in the voting decisions with respect to that proxy.

Specific Conflict of Interest Situations

Voting of T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. common stock (sym: TROW) by certain T. Rowe Price Index Funds will be done in all instances in accordance with T. Rowe Price voting guidelines and votes inconsistent with the guidelines will not be permitted. In the event that there is no previously established guideline for a specific voting issue appearing on the T. Rowe Price Group proxy, the Price Funds will abstain on that voting item.

In addition, T. Rowe Price has voting authority for proxies of the holdings of certain Price Funds that invest in other Price Funds. Shares of the Price Funds that are held by other Price Funds will generally be voted in the same proportion as shares

110

for which voting instructions from other shareholders are timely received. If voting instructions from other shareholders are not received, or if a T. Rowe Price Fund is only held by other T. Rowe Price Funds or other accounts for which T. Rowe Price has proxy voting authority, the fund will vote in accordance with its Board’s instruction.

For shares of the Price Funds that are series of T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc., T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc., and T. Rowe Price International Series, Inc. (collectively, the “Variable Insurance Portfolios”) held by insurance company separate accounts for which the insurance company has not received timely voting instructions, as well as shares the insurance company owns, those shares shall be voted in the same proportion as shares for which voting instructions from contract holders are timely received.

Limitations on Voting Proxies of Banks

T. Rowe Price has obtained relief from the U.S. Federal Reserve Board (the “FRB Relief”) which permits, subject to a number of conditions, T. Rowe Price to acquire in the aggregate on behalf of its clients, 10% or more of the total voting stock of a bank, bank holding company, savings and loan holding company or savings association (each a “Bank”), not to exceed a 15% aggregate beneficial ownership maximum in such Bank. One such condition affects the manner in which T. Rowe Price will vote its clients’ shares of a Bank in excess of 10% of the Bank’s total voting stock (Excess Shares). The FRB Relief requires that T. Rowe Price use its best efforts to vote the Excess Shares in the same proportion as all other shares voted, a practice generally referred to as “mirror voting,” or in the event that such efforts to mirror vote are unsuccessful, Excess Shares will not be voted. With respect to a shareholder vote for a Bank of which T. Rowe Price has aggregate beneficial ownership of greater than 10% on behalf of its clients, T. Rowe Price will determine which of its clients’ shares are Excess Shares on a pro rata basis across all of its clients’ portfolios for which T. Rowe Price has the power to vote proxies.1

REPORTING, RECORD RETENTION, AND OVERSIGHT

The TRPA ESG Investing Committee, and certain personnel under the direction of the Committee perform the following oversight and assurance functions, among others, over T. Rowe Price’s proxy voting: (1) periodically samples proxy votes to ensure that they were cast in compliance with T. Rowe Price’s proxy voting guidelines; (2) reviews, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of the Policies and Procedures to make sure that they have been implemented effectively, including whether they continue to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of our clients; (3) performs due diligence on whether a retained proxy advisory firm has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues, including the adequacy and quality of the proxy advisory firm’s staffing and personnel and its policies; and (4) oversees any retained proxy advisory firms and their procedures regarding their capabilities to (i) produce proxy research that is based on current and accurate information and (ii) identify and address any conflicts of interest and any other considerations that we believe would be appropriate in considering the nature and quality of the services provided by the proxy advisory firm.

T. Rowe Price will furnish Vote Summary Reports, upon request, to its institutional clients that have delegated proxy voting authority. The report specifies the portfolio companies, meeting dates, proxy proposals, and votes which have been cast for the client during the period and the position taken with respect to each issue. Reports normally cover quarterly or annual periods and are provided to such clients upon request.

T. Rowe Price retains proxy solicitation materials, memoranda regarding votes cast in opposition to the position of a company’s management, and documentation on shares voted differently. In addition, any document which is material to a proxy voting decision such as the T. Rowe Price proxy voting guidelines, Committee meeting materials, and other internal research relating to voting decisions are maintained in accordance with applicable requirements.

1 The FRB Relief and the process for voting of Excess Shares described herein apply to the aggregate beneficial ownership of T. Rowe Price and T. Rowe Price Investment Management Services, Inc.

T. ROWE PRICE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

RESPONSIBILITY TO VOTE PROXIES

T. Rowe Price Investment Management, Inc. (TRPIM) views proxy voting as integral to its investment management responsibilities. Certain investment advisory clients of TRPIM, including U.S.-registered investment companies which TRPIM

111

serves as investment adviser have delegated to TRPIM certain proxy voting powers. TRPIM seeks to vote all proxies of the securities held in client accounts for which it has proxy voting authority in the best interest of those clients.

Fiduciary Responsibilities and Voting Considerations. TRPIM believes that it has a fiduciary obligation to vote proxies solely in the best interests of its clients. Our intent is to vote proxies, where possible to do so, in a manner consistent with our fiduciary obligations and responsibilities. One of the primary factors TRPIM considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of its management. As the management of a portfolio company is responsible for its day-to-day operations, as well as its long-term direction and strategic planning, TRPIM believes that management, subject to the oversight of the relevant board of directors, is typically best suited to make decisions that serve the interests of shareholders. Accordingly, our proxy voting guidelines are not intended to substitute our judgment for management’s with respect to the company’s day-to-day operations. Rather, our proxy voting guidelines are designed to promote accountability of a company’s management and board of directors to its shareholders; to align the interests of management with those of shareholders; and to encourage companies to adopt best practices in terms of their corporate governance and disclosure.

Our portfolio managers are responsible for making proxy voting decision in their clients’ best interests based on the facts and circumstances applicable to each company and issue. In addition to our own internal research, our investment personnel take into account additional factors when making voting decisions, including: our proxy voting guidelines, the issuer’s public filings, its board recommendations, its track record, country-specific best practices codes and input from external research providers. TRPIM investment personnel do not coordinate with investment personnel of its affiliated investment advisers with respect to proxy voting decisions. TRPIM’s proxy voting decisions are independent.

TRPIM seeks to vote all of its clients’ proxies. In certain circumstances, TRPIM may determine that refraining from voting a proxy is in a client’s best interest, such as when the cost of voting outweighs the expected benefit to the client. For example, the practicalities and costs involved with international investing may make it impossible at times, and at other times disadvantageous, to vote proxies in every instance. Additionally, TRPIM reserves the right to decline to vote proxies in accordance with client-specific voting guidelines.

ADMINISTRATION OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Committee. The TRPIM Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Committee (“TRPIM ESG Investing Committee” or the “Committee”) is responsible for establishing positions with respect to corporate governance and other proxy issues. While the Committee sets voting guidelines and serves as a resource for TRPIM portfolio management, it does not have proxy voting authority for any advisory client. Rather, voting authority and responsibility is held by the particular portfolio manager.

Responsible Investment and Governance Team. Our Responsible Investment and Governance team oversees the integration of environmental, social and governance factors into our investment processes across asset classes. This team is responsible for reviewing proxy agendas for all upcoming meetings and making company-specific recommendations, including for matters of an environmental or social nature.

Global Proxy Operations Team. A team of individuals employed by an affiliated entity of TRPIM is responsible for the administrative and operational aspects of the proxy voting process, which is a ministerial process that does not involve the exercise of discretion. This team is subject to policies that prevent the sharing of voting decisions between TRPIM and its affiliated investment advisers.

HOW PROXIES ARE REVIEWED, PROCESSED, AND VOTED

In order to facilitate the proxy voting process, TRPIM has retained Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. ISS specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy advisory and voting services. These services include custom vote recommendations, research, vote execution, and reporting. Services provided by ISS do not include automated processing of votes on our behalf using the ISS Benchmark Policy recommendations. Instead, in order to reflect TRPIM’s issue-by-issue voting guidelines as approved by the TRPIM ESG Investing Committee, ISS maintains and implements custom voting policies for TRPIM’s advisory clients that have given it proxy voting authority.

TRPIM utilizes ISS’ voting agent services to notify us of upcoming shareholder meetings for portfolio companies held in client accounts and to transmit votes to the various custodian banks of our clients. ISS tracks and reconciles our clients’ holdings against incoming proxy ballots. If ballots do not arrive on time, ISS procures them from the appropriate custodian or proxy

112

distribution agent. Meeting and record date information is updated daily and transmitted to TRPIM through ProxyExchange, an ISS application.

Each day, ISS delivers into TRPIM’s customized ProxyExchange environment a comprehensive summary of upcoming meetings, proxy proposals, publications discussing key proxy voting issues, and custom vote recommendations to assist us with proxy research and processing. The final authority and responsibility for proxy voting decisions remains with TRPIM.

Monitoring and Resolving Conflicts of Interest

The TRPIM ESG Investing Committee is also responsible for monitoring and resolving potential material conflicts between the interests of TRPIM or its affiliates and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting. We have adopted safeguards to ensure that our proxy voting is not influenced by interests other than those of our investment advisory clients. Membership on the Committee does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship management, marketing, or sales. Since our voting guidelines are predetermined by the Committee, application of the guidelines by portfolio managers to vote client proxies should in most instances adequately address any potential conflicts of interest. However, the Committee regularly reviews all proxy votes that are inconsistent with the proxy voting guidelines to determine whether the portfolio manager’s voting rationale appears reasonable. The Committee also assesses whether any business or other material relationships between TRPIM and a portfolio company (unrelated to the ownership of the portfolio company’s securities) could have influenced an inconsistent vote on that company’s proxy. Issues raising potential conflicts of interest are referred to designated members of the Committee for immediate resolution prior to the vote.

With respect to personal conflicts of interest, the firm’s Global Code of Conduct requires all employees to avoid placing themselves in a “compromising position” in which their interests may conflict with those of our clients and restrict their ability to engage in certain outside business activities. Portfolio managers or Committee members with a personal conflict of interest regarding a particular proxy vote must recuse themselves and not participate in the voting decisions with respect to that proxy.

Specific Conflict of Interest Situations

TRPIM has voting authority for proxies of the holdings of certain investment funds sponsored by an affiliate (the “Price Funds”) that invest in other Price Funds. Shares of the Price Funds that are held by other Price Funds will generally be voted in the same proportion as shares for which voting instructions from other shareholders are timely received. If voting instructions from other shareholders are not received, or if a Price Fund is only held by other Price Funds or other accounts for which TRPIM or an affiliate has proxy voting authority, the fund will vote in accordance with its Board’s instruction.

For shares of the Price Funds that are series of T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc., T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc., and T. Rowe Price International Series, Inc. (collectively, the “Variable Insurance Portfolios”) held by insurance company separate accounts for which the insurance company has not received timely voting instructions, as well as shares the insurance company owns, those shares shall be voted in the same proportion as shares for which voting instructions from contract holders are timely received.

TRPIM Voting Guidelines

Specific proxy voting guidelines have been adopted by the TRPIM ESG Investing Committee for all regularly occurring categories of management and shareholder proposals. Many guidelines indicate a “case by case” analysis, reflecting that the facts and circumstances of each issue may vary. A detailed set of proxy voting guidelines is available on the T. Rowe Price website, www.troweprice.com/esg.

Fixed Income Strategies

Proxy voting for our fixed income portfolios is administered by the Global Proxy Operations team using TRPIM’s guidelines as set by the TRPIM ESG Investing Committee. Fixed income strategies generally follow the proxy vote determinations on security holdings held by our equity accounts unless the matter is specific to a particular fixed income security such as consents, restructurings, or reorganization proposals.

Shareblocking

Shareblocking is the practice in certain countries of “freezing” shares for trading purposes in order to vote proxies relating to those shares. In markets where shareblocking applies, the custodian or sub-custodian automatically freezes shares prior to a shareholder meeting once a proxy has been voted. Our policy is generally to refrain from voting shares in shareblocking

113

countries unless the matter has compelling economic consequences that outweigh the temporary loss of liquidity in the blocked shares.

Securities on Loan

The Price Funds and our institutional clients may participate in securities lending programs to generate income for their portfolios. Generally, the voting rights pass with the securities on loan; however, lending agreements give the lender the right to terminate the loan and pull back the loaned shares provided sufficient notice is given to the custodian bank in advance of the applicable deadline. TRPIM’s policy is generally not to vote securities on loan unless we determine there is a material voting event that could affect the value of the loaned securities. In this event, we have the discretion to pull back the loaned securities for Price Funds in order to cast a vote at an upcoming shareholder meeting. A monthly monitoring process is in place to review securities on loan for Price Funds and how they may affect proxy voting.

Limitations on Voting Proxies of Banks

TRPIM’s parent holding company, T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. has obtained relief from the U.S. Federal Reserve Board (the “FRB Relief”) which permits, subject to a number of conditions, TRPIM and its affiliated investment advisers (collectively, “T. Rowe Price”) to acquire in the aggregate on behalf of their clients, 10% or more of the total voting stock of a bank, bank holding company, savings and loan holding company or savings association (each a “Bank”), not to exceed a 15% aggregate beneficial ownership maximum in such Bank. One such condition affects the manner in which T. Rowe Price will vote its clients’ shares of a Bank in excess of 10% of the Bank’s total voting stock (Excess Shares). The FRB Relief requires that T. Rowe Price (and thus also TRPIM) use its best efforts to vote the Excess Shares in the same proportion as all other shares voted, a practice generally referred to as “mirror voting,” or in the event that such efforts to mirror vote are unsuccessful, Excess Shares will not be voted. With respect to a shareholder vote for a Bank of which T. Rowe Price has aggregate beneficial ownership of greater than 10% on behalf of its clients, T. Rowe Price will determine which of its clients’ shares are Excess Shares on a pro rata basis across all of its clients’ portfolios for which T. Rowe Price has the power to vote proxies.

REPORTING, RECORD RETENTION, AND OVERSIGHT

The TRPIM ESG Investing Committee and the Global Proxy Operations team, perform the following oversight and assurance functions, among others, over TRPIM’s proxy voting: (1) periodically samples proxy votes to ensure that they were cast in compliance with TRPIM’s proxy voting guidelines; (2) reviews, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of the our proxy voting policy and guidelines to make sure that they have been implemented effectively, including whether they continue to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of our clients; (3) performs due diligence on whether a retained proxy advisory firm has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues, including the adequacy and quality of the proxy advisory firm’s staffing and personnel and its policies; and (4) oversees any retained proxy advisory firms and their procedures regarding their capabilities to (i) produce proxy research that is based on current and accurate information and (ii) identify and address any conflicts of interest and any other considerations that we believe would be appropriate in considering the nature and quality of the services provided by the proxy advisory firm.

TRPIM will furnish Vote Summary Reports, upon request, to its institutional clients that have delegated proxy voting authority. The report specifies the portfolio companies, meeting dates, proxy proposals, and votes which have been cast for the client during the period and the position taken with respect to each issue. Reports normally cover quarterly or annual periods and are provided to such clients upon request.

TRPIM retains proxy solicitation materials, memoranda regarding votes cast in opposition to the position of a company’s management, and documentation on shares voted differently. In addition, any document which is material to a proxy voting decision such as the TRPIM proxy voting guidelines, Committee meeting materials, and other internal research relating to voting decisions are maintained in accordance with applicable requirements.

The funds’ shares are registered for sale under the 1933 Act. Registration of the funds’ shares are not required under any state law.

114

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, whose address is 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, is legal counsel to the funds.

Moody’s P-1 superior capacity for repayment. P-2 strong capacity for repayment. P-3 acceptable capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.

S&P A-1 highest category, degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation. A-2 satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest. A-3 adequate capacity for timely payment, but are more vulnerable to adverse effects of changes in circumstances than higher-rated issues. B and C speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch F-1+ exceptionally strong credit quality, strongest degree of assurance for timely payment. F-1 very strong credit quality. F-2 good credit quality, having a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment. F-3 fair credit quality, assurance for timely payment is adequate, but adverse changes could cause the securities to be rated below investment grade.

Moody’s The rating of Prime-1 is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody’s. Among the factors considered by Moody’s in assigning ratings are the following: valuation of the management of the issuer; economic evaluation of the issuer’s industry or industries and an appraisal of speculative-type risks that may be inherent in certain areas; evaluation of the issuer’s products in relation to competition and customer acceptance; liquidity; amount and quality of long-term debt; trend of earnings over a period of 10 years; financial strength of the parent company and the relationships that exist with the issuer; and recognition by the management of obligations that may be present or may arise as a result of public interest questions and preparations to meet such obligations. These factors are all considered in determining whether the commercial paper is rated P-1, P-2, or P-3.

S&P Commercial paper rated A (highest quality) by S&P has the following characteristics: liquidity ratios are adequate to meet cash requirements; long-term senior debt is rated A or better, although in some cases BBB credits may be allowed. The issuer has access to at least two additional channels of borrowing. Basic earnings and cash flow have an upward trend with allowance made for unusual circumstances. Typically, the issuer’s industry is well established and the issuer has a strong position within the industry. The reliability and quality of management are unquestioned. The relative strength or weakness of the above factors determines whether the issuer’s commercial paper is rated A-1, A-2, or A-3.

Fitch 1–Highest grade Commercial paper assigned this rating is regarded as having the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment. Fitch 2–Very good grade Issues assigned this rating reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than the strongest issues.

Moody’s

Aaa–Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edged.”

Aa–Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group, they compose what are generally known as high-grade bonds.

A–Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations.

Baa–Bonds rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present, but certain protective elements may be lacking or

115

may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Ba–Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements: Their futures cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and therefore not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

B–Bonds rated B generally lack the characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa–Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default, or there may be present elements of danger with respect to repayment of principal or payment of interest.

Ca–Bonds rated Ca represent obligations that are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

C–Bonds rated C represent the lowest rated and have extremely poor prospects of attaining investment standing.

NP–Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

S&P

AAA–This is the highest rating assigned by S&P’s to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay principal and interest.

AA–Bonds rated AA also qualify as high-quality debt obligations. Capacity to pay principal and interest is very strong.

A–Bonds rated A have a strong capacity to pay principal and interest, although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

BBB–Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay principal and interest. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay principal and interest for bonds in this category than for bonds in the A category.

BB, B, CCC, CC, C–Bonds rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded on balance as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and C the highest degree of speculation. While such bonds will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

D–In default.

Fitch

AAA–High-grade, broadly marketable, suitable for investment by trustees and fiduciary institutions, and liable to slight market fluctuation other than through changes in the money rate. The prime feature of an AAA bond is the showing of earnings several times or many times interest requirements for such stability of applicable interest that safety is beyond reasonable question whenever changes occur in conditions. Other features may enter, such as wide margin of protection through collateral, security, or direct lien on specific property. Sinking funds or voluntary reduction of debt by call or purchase are often factors, while guarantee or assumption by parties other than the original debtor may influence the rating.

AA–Of safety virtually beyond question and readily salable. Their merits are not greatly unlike those of AAA class, but a bond so rated may be junior, though of strong lien, or the margin of safety is less strikingly broad. The issue may be the obligation of a small company, strongly secured, but influenced as to rating by the lesser financial power of the enterprise and more local type of market.

A–Bonds rated A are considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

BBB–Bonds rated BBB are considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances,

116

however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these bonds and therefore impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C–Bonds rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded on balance as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation for bond issues not in default. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and C the highest degree of speculation. The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its relationship to other obligations of the issuer, and the current and prospective financial condition and operating performance of the issuer.

Moody’s VMIG-1/MIG-1 the best quality. VMIG-2/MIG-2 high quality, with margins of protection ample, though not so large as in the preceding group. VMIG-3/MIG-3 favorable quality, with all security elements accounted for, but lacking the undeniable strength of the preceding grades. Market access for refinancing, in particular, is likely to be less well established. SG adequate quality, but there is specific risk.

S&P SP-1 very strong or strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics will be given a plus (+) designation. SP-2 satisfactory capacity to pay interest and principal. SP-3 speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch F-1+ exceptionally strong credit quality, strongest degree of assurance for timely payment. F-1 very strong credit quality. F-2 good credit quality, having a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment. F-3 fair credit quality, assurance for timely payment is adequate, but adverse changes could cause the securities to be rated below investment grade.

117